AKG Professional Audio Catalogue by Sound Technology Ltd

Anna F.

Professional Audio Catalog Portable PA

Recording & Broadcast Installed Sound Tour Sound

www.akg.com AKG Acoustics GmbH Lemböckgasse 21–25, 1230 Vienna /AUSTRIA, phone: + 43 1 86654 0 e-mail: sales@akg.com AKG Acoustics, U.S. 8400 Balboa Boulevard, Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., phone: + 1 818 920 3212 e-mail: akgusa@harman.com For other products and distributors worldwide visit www.akg.com Specifications subject to change without notice.

04/11 PROA016020

Technical Grammy Award 2010

“And the award goes to... AKG!”

Alejandro Sanz Grammy® 2011 Winner

1118_11_1_Inhalt_engl_fsch_1118_11_1_Inhalt_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:15 Seite 3

Content

Recording

Stage

Installed

Microphones

Recording

Microphones

Handheld Microphones

C 12 VR C 451 B C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

6 7 8 9

Recording & Broadcast C 214 C 4000 B, C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230

10 11 12 12 13 13

C 535 EB, C 5 D 7/D 7 S BBB DFIVE NE W D 5/D 5 S D 770 D 88 S/XLR D 77 S/XLR D 55 S, D 44 S

Gooseneck Microphones 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 30

Instrument Microphones D 112, D 40 C 430, C 411

31 32

ULS Series CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B CK 69-ULS

14 14 14 14 15

AKG Blue Line CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98

16 17

Perception Perception Series - Introduction 18 Perception 820 Tube 19 Perception 420 20 Perception 220 20 Perception 170 21 Perception 120 21 Perception 120 USB 22

Clip-on Microphones C 518, C 519 C 516 ML, C 544 L

33 34

Head-worn Microphones C 520, C 555 L HC 577 L

35 36

Lavalier Microphones CK 77 WR C 417, CK 99 L

36 37

Perrception Live Pe Perception Live - Introduction P 5/P 5 S P 4, P 3 S P 2, Groove Pack

38 39 40 41

Reference Projects

Architectural Microphone Series Architectural Microphones

Modular Series Installation, System Description 49 Modular Series 50 GN Series 51 GN E Series 52 GN ESP Series 53 GN E 5Pin Series 54 HM 1000 55 GN 155 Set 55 CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 56 CK 47 57 CK 80 57

Shotgun and Boundary Layer Microphones C 747 V11 C 547 BL CROWN PCC®-160 CROWN PZM®-30D CROWN PZM®-6D CROWN PCC®-170 CROWN PCC®-130/130SW CROWN PZM®-185 CROWN Sound Grabber II CROWN MB 3, CROWN MB 4 C 562 CM CROWN PZM®-10/10LL CROWN PZM®-11 CROWN PZM®-11LLWR C 568 B CK 98

62 63 64 65 66 67 67 68 68 69 70 70 71 71 72 73

Microphone Mixers 99er Series 99er Series - Introduction CGN 99 C/S, CGN 99 C/L CGN 99 H/S, CGN 99 H/L CHM 99 DGN 99, DGN 99 E, DST 99 S CK 99 L, CBL 99

58 58 59 59 60 61

AMM 10 DMM 4/2/2 DMM 4/2/4

74 76 77

Conference System CS 5 - Introduction CS 5 BU CS 5 DU, CS 5 VU CS 5 IU, CS 5 IRT/IRT2 CS 5 IRR7, CS 5 CU50

78 80 81 82 83

Please note that some of these products may not be available in your country. For details, please contact your local dealer or national AKG distributor or visit our website at: www.akg.com

Wireless

Systems

DMS 700 V2

NE W

DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

86 87 87 87

WMS 4500 SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000

System Architect plug-in HUB 4000 Q AKG Wireless iPhone App HiQnet® System Components Multi-Channel Systems

92 92 93 93 94 95

SR 450 WMS 450 Sets HT 450 PT 450

NE W

WMS 40 MINI

SR 470 WMS 470 Sets HT 470 PT 470

98 98 99 99

Perrception Wireless Pe

WMS 450 88 89 90 91

WMS 470

96 96 97 97

SR 45 Perception Wireless Sets HT 45 PT 45 AKG Perception App

100 100 101 101 102

Headphones Headpho dphone ness

Headsets 110 110 111 111 112 112

WMS 40 MINI Sets

103

IVM 4 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring SST 4 IVM 4 Sets SPR 4 IP 2 IVM 4 Accessories IVM 4 Multi-Channel Systems

104 104 105 105 106 106

Appendix

Headsets

K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ

NE W

K 702 K 77 K 99 K 44 K 10

113 114 114 115 115

HSC 271 HSC 171 HSD 271 HSD 171

116 116 117 117

Accessories Accessories Matrix Application Guide Patents Key to Product Names Specifications – comparison chart Alphabetical Index

118-121 122-123 124-125 126 127 128-146 147

Content

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 4

Recording C 12 VR C 451 B C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

6 7 8 9

Recording & Broadcast C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230

10 11 11 12 12 13 13

ULS Series CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B CK 69-ULS

14 14 14 14 15

AKG Blue Line CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98

16 17

Perception Perception Series - Introduction Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception USB 120

18 19 20 20 21 21 22

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 5

Re rding

Microphones

AKG â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a brand that has built an enviable world-wide reputation for performance, dependability and service. A microphone for every requirement â&#x20AC;&#x201C; television studios, motion-picture production centers, theaters, stadiums, concert halls, opera houses, communication links, schools, home tape recorders. The personal choice of hundreds of performers.

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 6

Recording Vocals Strings Brass • Recreates the performance of the legendary C 12 microphone • A special edge-terminated dual-large-diaphragm AKG transducer

• Nine remotely-selectable pickup patterns from omni to figure-eight

221

• Comes complete with all accessories and all-metal carrying case

C 12 VR The C 12 VR is a perfect reincarnation of the legendary C 12 microphone including its famous “voice-friendly” sound. True to the original design, the mic uses the same 6072A dual-triode tube, hand-selected for the lowest noise and optimum sonic characteristics. The sound of the C 12 VR can be described as the perfect blend of warmth, clarity and presence. The C 12 VR comes complete with windscreen, all-metal shock-mount, power supply/remote control unit, connecting cable and individually-measured response graphs. Item number: C 12 VR

2221Z00040

cardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 3% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter:

omnidirectional

cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight, and 6 intermediate positions, remotely selectable 30 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV); 10-dB increase, selectable by internal switch 128/138/148 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB 10 dB, 20 dB, selectable 6 dB/octave at 100 Hz, 12 dB/octave at 130 Hz

figure-eight

• • • • • • • • • • •

Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms from supplied N 12 VR power supply from supplied N 12 VR power supply 12-pin DIN 10 m (33 ft.) green/gold 42 dia. x 225 mm (1.7 dia. x 8.9 in.) 680 g (24 oz.)/4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) H 15/T, MK-Tube, N 12 VR, W 42 PF 80

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 7

Recording

Recording Percussions Lectern Drums • Identical acoustics to the legendary C 451 EB + CK1 • Accurate, ruler-flat on-axis response with life-like transient response

• Transformerless output circuit delivers wide dynamic range and loss-free low-end response 160

• Separate 3-position pre-attenuation pad and bass roll-off switch • Also available as factory-matched stereo pairs complete with accessories and metal “Sound Tools Case”

C 451 B Responding to growing demand, AKG has recreated the sonic performance of the legendary C 451 EB + CK 1 combination in a modern new microphone. The new C 451 B has dramatically improved specifications and reliability. The new non-modular microphone has an extremely light diaphragm for insensitivity to handling noise, and still retains the incredible transient response of the original. The nickel-plated, all-metal chassis is attractive and provides excellent protection from RF interference and the rigors of handling. The C 451 B transformerless output section ensures it is an excellent tool for capturing transient-rich signals such as drums, percussion and acoustic guitar. Item numbers: C 451 B C 451 B/ST

2895Z00010 2895Z00210 (Matched stereo pair)

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 9 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 135/145/155 dB (0/-10/-20 dB) 18 dB-A 76 dB 0 dB, 10 dB, 20 dB selectable flat, 12 dB/octave at 75 or 150 Hz, selectable ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power

• • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

≤2 mA 3-pin XLR satin nickel plated 19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.) 125 g (4.4 oz.)/760 g (1.7 lbs.) SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 90 B 18, H 30, H 50, H 85, PF 80, ST 305, W 32

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 8

Professional Studio Recording Choir Miking Professional Stage Miking Drum Overhead Miking Classic Music Recording • AKG C 414 – A legend since 1971 • Nine selectable pickup patterns enable to choose the perfect setting for every application • Lock Mode: all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use • Peak Hold LED even detects shortest overload peaks 49

• Incredible Dynamic Range of 152 dB • Three switchable different bass cut filters and three pre-attenuation levels

159

• Leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components ensure shortest signal path and extra protection against moisture • Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

C 414 XLS For over 60 years, leading musicians and engineers have used legendary AKG microphones to capture their sound so their audience hears every nuance. The C 414 family has been one of the world’s most widely-used and respected studio and stage microphones. AKG has continually set new benchmarks for useful features, improved technical specifications and ease of use to answer requests from everdemanding recording studios, broadcast stations and audio engineers. The new models C 414 XLS and C 414 XL II offer nine pickup patterns which enable to choose the perfect setting for every application. For live-sound applications and permanent installations all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use. A Peak Hold LED displays even shortest overload peaks. The C 414 XLS maintains the sonic character of the legendary C 414 B-ULS, the longest-lived C 414 model. Engineered for highest linearity and neutral sound, it is the most universal and versatile large diaphragm microphone for decades. Widely used for accurate, beautifully detailed pickup of any acoustic instrument the new C 414 XLS combines proven reference quality, leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components. Item number: C 414 XLS C 414 XLS Stereo Set

3059Z00050 3059Z00230 Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

C 414 B-XLS: omnidirectional

C 414 B-XLS: cardioid

C 414 B-XLS: wide cardioid

C 414 B-XLS: hypercardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter slope: • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance:

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight and 4 intermediate Settings 20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces) 23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB 200/400/800/1600 Pa = 140/146/152/158 dB (0/-6/-12/-18 dB) 6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation) 88 dB -6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz; 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥2,200 ohms

C 414 B-XLS: figure-eight

• • • • • • • •

Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

48 V phantom powe approximately 4.5 mA 3-pin XLR to IEC dark grey/silver 50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 H 50, ST 305

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 9

Recording

Lead Vocals Lead Instruments Choir Miking Drum Overhead Miking Classic Music Recording • AKG C 414 – A legend since 1971 • Nine selectable pickup patterns enable to choose the perfect setting for every application • Lock Mode: all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use • Peak Hold LED even detects shortest overload peaks 49

• Incredible Dynamic Range of 152 dB • Three switchable different bass cut filters and three pre-attenuation levels

159

• Leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components ensure shortest signal path and extra protection against moisture • Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

C 414 XL II The C 414 XL II is the successor of the famous C 414 B-TL II. It shows the unique sonic signature of the highly sought after AKG C 12 which enables lead vocals and solo instruments to be placed even in a dense mix. The unrivalled up-front sound is also well-known for distant miking applications like classic music recording or drum ambience miking. The XL II version differs from the XLS version in one major respect – the capsule. Both, the slight presence boost and the impressive spatial reproduction is similar to the legendary C 12 microphones. The new models C 414 XLS and C 414 XL II offer nine pickup patterns which enable to choose the perfect setting for every application. For live-sound applications and permanent installations all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use. A Peak Hold LED displays even shortest overload peaks. The C 414 comes complete with carrying case, pop filter, windscreen, and spider-type shock mount. Item number: C 414 XL II C 414 XL II Stereo Set

3059Z00060 3059Z00240 Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

C 414 B-XL II: omnidirectional

C 414 B-XL II: cardioid

C 414 B-XL II: wide cardioid

C 414 B-XL II: hypercardioid

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight and 4 intermediate Settings 20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces) 23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB 200/400/800/1600 Pa = 140/146/152/158 dB (0/-6/12/-18 dB) 6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation) 88 dB -6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz; 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥2,200 ohms

C 414 B-XL II: figure-eight

• • • • • • • •

Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

48 V phantom power approximately 4.5 mA 3-pin XLR to IEC dark grey/gold 50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 H 50, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 10

Professional studio recording Lead vocals Lead instruments Ensemble recording Professional stage miking • AKG’s legendary 1” edge-terminated large diaphragm sound • Outstanding dynamic range (up to 156 dB SPL, ultra-low noise) • Roadworthy design • Integrated suspension to reduce mechanical noise • Switchable 20 dB attenuation pad and low cut switch • Rugged double mesh grill for high RF immunity but unaffected acoustics • All-metal die-cast body with shock- and scratch-resistant finish • Spider-type shock mount H 85 included • Metal carrying case included • Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

C 214 AKG's industry-leading C 414 microphones are already a permanent fixture in the world's biggest recording studios and a highly respected work horse for independent artists, broadcasting, and on-stage miking as well. The new C 214 is designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end, industry-leading C 414 family. It captures sound combining one side of the legendary C 414 dual-capsule system and AKG’s patented Back-Plate Technology which results in an outstanding performance close to the famous C 414 B-XLS. Like the C 414 models, the C 214 is capable of handling the rigors of high-pressure sound such as loud brass instruments and guitar amps, with a sensitivity perfect for voice and orchestral instruments as well. Additionally, the microphone offers a 20 dB Attenuation pad, 13 dB noise floor, and a low cut switch—all in an elegant but rugged package. Additional features include an integrated suspension, a double mesh grill high RF immunity without affecting acoustics. The circuitry in the C 214 provides maximum SPL capability with minimum noise and the gold-plated XLR-type output connector offers loss-free signals.

Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

Item number: C 214 C 214 Stereo Set

3185Z00010 3185Z00110

The C 214 comes complete with a robust metal carrying case, windscreen, and spider-type suspension mount included. Available also as a computer matched stereo pair. Niere

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa 136 / 156 dB SPL 13 dB-A 81 dB 0/-20 dB, switchable 160 Hz, 6 dB/Octave, switchable ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohm 12 to 52 V ≤2 mA

• • • • • •

Dynamic range: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

123/143 dB (0/-20 dB) (A-weighted) 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue 160 x 56 mm (6.3 x 2.2 in.) 280 g (9.9 oz.) / 1450 g (3.2 lbs.) H 85 Shock Mount, W 214 Windscreen, Metal Carrying Case H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 214 B 18 PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 11

Recording & Broadcast

Recording Vocals Concert hall Strings

Guitar and bass amps Lead instruments Lead vocals Professional stage miking Professional studio recording

• One of the most silent condenser microphones available today • Up front sound in the mix • Selectable cardioid, hypercardioid and omnidirectional polar patterns for every recording situation

• Diaphragm with patented Edge-Terminated Back-Plate Technology • Proven performance for more than 15 years 53 for both studio and stage

• Handles extremely high SPLs up to 155 dB

161

• Switchable low cut filter (500 Hz, 6 dB/octave) eliminates proximity effect

182

• Complete with accessories in “Sound Tool Case”

• Switchable attenuation pad enables for high SPL up to 150 dB

• Comes complete with H 85 spi der-type shock mount and metal carrying case

C 3000

C 4000 B The genuine 1-inch dual-diaphragm condenser transducer with selectable cardioid, omnidirectional and hypercardioid polar patterns will enchant you with its unique state-of-the-art sound. Designed for miking up vocals, brass, acoustic and electric guitar and kick drum, the C 4000 B can handle every recording situation. Exceptionally high headroom and extremely low self noise put the C 4000 B among the condenser microphones with the widest dynamic range available today and it will give equally excellent results in the studio and on stage. Item number: C 4000 B 2820Z00110 cardioid

Since its introduction in 1993 our C 3000 has become a standard for a wide range of both studio and onstage applications. The new redesigned C 3000 is a cost-effective and aesthetically pleasing product update which maintains the popular characteristics of the C 3000, however a new sleek and classy finish showcases AKG’s new Corporate Design. It is a great se lection for both recording and live sound applications, where maximum sound quality and robustness are a must, and the competitive price makes the C 3000 a must-have. The new C 3000 features a cardioid pickup pattern, a 20 Hz to 20 kHz frequency response, low noise electronics, high SPL capability and an internal shock mount, which drastically reduces handling noise from mic stands or cables. The switch able 10 dB preattenuation pad increases the SPL capability by 10 dB and accommodates loud instruments like brass instruments or guitar amplifiers with ease. The switchable firstorder 500 Hz low frequency filter eliminates the proximity effect for close-miking. Item number: C 3000 2785X00230

hypercardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional

omnidirectional, cardioid, hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 145/155 dB 8 dB-A 86 dB 10 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 100 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.) 450 g (1 lb.)/1 kg (2.2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions 19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.): Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 140/150 dB 14 dB-A 80 dB 10 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave below 500 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue max. 53 mm (2.1 in.), length: 162 mm (6.4 in.) 320 g (11.3 oz.)/950 g (2.1 lbs.) Sound Tool Case, H 85 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305, W 414

Recording & Broadcast

3608_09_2_Recording_engl_fsch_neu.qxp:3608_09_2_Recording_engl_fsch

Recording Vocals Brass Percussions

14.03.2011

18:52 Uhr

Seite 12

Recording Live sound TV, motion picture, video production ENG/EFP (Outdoor)

• Entry-level home recording microphone • Ideal multitrack recording “workhorse” thanks to very low self noise

• Known as “the Swiss Army mic” for its incredible flexibility

• Cardioid polar pattern for multiplicity of applications

• Battery status LED for accurate monitoring of battery life

• Exceptionally smooth frequency response

33,5

160

230

• Included PPC 1000 allows the microphone to be switched from cardioid to hypercardioid pickup

• High SPL capability • Complete with accessories in “Sound Tool Case”

• Can be powered by internal 9-V battery or by phantom power

• Included PB 1000 presence boost adapter adds high-end brilliance to sound • Comes in metal “sound tools” carrying case

C 1000 S

C 2000 B One of the basic rules of recording is that the quality of the recorded signal is determined by the weakest link in the signal chain. Today, any microphone needs to match the high quality of 24-bit recording media. One of the most important requirements for the C 2000 B was therefore high sensitivity. This allows you to lay clean, noise-free tracks with no risk of noise levels from many individual tracks combining in the mix. Its high SPL capability makes the C 2000 B a highly versatile microphone that can be used even for extremely loud instruments. The C 2000 B will give perfect results for demo recordings, in the rehearsal room, as well as in the best recording studios. Item numbers: C 2000 B

The versatility of the C 1000 S makes it extremely popular and it’s ideally suited for all kinds of recording and live sound applications. If phantom power isn’t available, this mic can be powered by a standard 9 V battery, making it perfect for ENG or location recording. With its new battery monitoring electronics, the C 1000 S now features an LED warning light that warns when battery life falls below 45 minutes. The pickup pattern can be quickly switched from cardioid to hypercardioid simply by attaching the PPC 1000 polar pattern converter provided to the microphone capsule. The PB 1000 Presence Boost Adapter supplied with the C 1000 S adds 3 to 5 dB of high-end enhancement between 5 and 9 kHz, improving speech clarity and adding definition to instrument sounds.

2786Z00110 Item number: C 1000 S

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 30 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 140/150 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB 10 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave below 500 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 53 dia. x 159 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.3 in.) 325 g (11.5 oz.)/950 g (2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

2331X00070

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted)

cardioid, hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted) 50 to 20,000 Hz 6 mV/Pa (-44 dBV) 137 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or internal 9 V battery approx. 2 mA 3-pin XLR matte silver enamel 34 dia. x 220 mm (1.4 dia. x 8.7 in.) 320 g (11.3 oz.)/650 g (1.4 lbs.) PB 1000, PPC 1000, SA 63, Sound Tool Case, W 1000 H 30, PF 80, ST 305

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 13

Recording & Broadcast

Vocals Radio/on air Brass Drums

Recording TV, motion picture, video production ENG/EFP (Outdoor)

• Large-diaphragm condenser capsule with cardioid pickup and “voice-friendly” tuning • Unique acoustical design and minimal proximity-effect

• Omnidirectional reporter’s microphone • Rugged all-metal body • Long shaft for ease of handling • Integrated windscreen 50

• Integrated pop screen for minimum blowing noise

182

• Transformerless output circuit ensures zero susceptibility to RF and EMI

215

• Switchable 20-dB pad and 120-Hz bass roll-off filter

C 4500 B-BC

D 230

The AKG C 4500 B-BC is a front-address, large-diaphragm condenser microphone designed for critical on-air broadcast work as well as for recording of high-SPL instruments such as bass drum, various brass instruments and guitar amps. Thanks to its innovative acoustical design and patented internal multi-layer pop filter, the C 4500 B-BC has minimal proximity effect enabling close-up use without bass build-up and its front-address format makes it easy to position for best results. Comes complete with H 85 spider-type shock mount, W 4000 windscreen and metal carrying case.

This rugged dynamic ENG microphone delivers exceptional sensitivity and clarity in the demanding news gathering field. The extended shaft allows for easy placement of station flags without typical handling problems. The body is made of extremely rugged diecast metal with a non-reflective surface for low-profile on-camera operation. Stand adapter included.

Item number: C 4500 B-BC 2820Z00120

Item number: D 230 2558X00020 omnidirectional

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid 30 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 145/155 dB 8 dB-A 86 dB 20 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave at 120 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.) 450 g (1 lb.)/1 kg (2.2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) ≤320 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 3-pin XLR dark grey 50 dia. x 218 mm (2 dia. x 8.3 in.) 225 g (7.9 oz.)/840 g (1.9 lbs.) SA 44 H 30, SA 61, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 14

Ultra Linear Series A line of small diaphragm modular condenser microphones The AKG Ultra Linear Series is a line of small diaphragm modular condenser microphones with the highest technical performance standards. The ULS system is a universally acclaimed and accepted tool for high-end digital recording, film and video production as well as serious live sound reinforcement.

CK 62-ULS

CK 61-ULS

CK 63-ULS dB

+6 0 -10

lin 70 150

150 P 48 MADE IN AUSTRIA

CK 61-ULS CK 61-ULS Cardioid Capsule The ruler-flat frequency response and consistent polar pattern of the CK 61-ULS make it ideal for critical recording and live sound applications where consistent suppression of off-axis sound is an important requirement. Includes foam windscreen.

cardioid

Specifications (measured with C 480 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

CK 62-ULS

CK 63-ULS

CK 62-ULS Omnidirectional Capsule Identical to CK 61ULS, except for omnidirectional polar pattern. For more reverberant sounding recordings. Includes foam windscreen.

CK 63-ULS Hypercardioid Capsule Identical to CK 61ULS, except for hypercardioid polar pattern. Better off-axis rejection provides better channel separation and higher gain-before-feedback. Includes foam windscreen.

omnidirectional

hypercardioid

CK 61-ULS: CK 62-ULS: cardioid omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 40/20/6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV) 134/140/144 dB

CK 63-ULS: hypercardioid

13/11/17 dB-A 81/83/77 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable through C 480 B through C 480 B matte black 21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/1.1 in.) 25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/150 g (5.3 oz.) W 32 windscreen A 61

• Optional accessories for C 480 B comb ULS/61: A 61, H 30, H 50, H 85, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

C 480 B The C 480 B is part of a system designed specifically for excellent audio quality and maximum flexibility. Its electronic circuitry coupled to a transformerless output stage assures completely linear transfer characteristics across the entire audio bandwidth, while achieving self-noise figures close to the theoretical minimum. This, in combination with a typical SPL handling capability of 140 dB broadband means a dynamic range exceeding 125 dB, making the system suitable for the most critical digital recording applications. Gold plated switch and connector contacts guarantee consistent performance. A specially designed output stage drives difficult loads (e.g. excessively long cables) with no signal degradation. Two sets of switches offer a two-step highpass filter and two gain manipulation stages of either -10 dB or +6 dB. Also available: C 480 B comb-ULS/61comprising a C 480 B preamplifier, CK 61-ULS cardioid capsule, foam windscreen and stand adapter.

C 480 B comb ULS/61 • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • SPL capability: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories:

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 40/20/6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV) 134/140/144 dB 13/11/17 dB-A 81/83/77 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable 12 dB/octave at 100 Hz ≤150 ohms ≥2,000 ohms/1000 pF 48 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 21 dia. x 173 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9 in.) 140 g (4.9 oz.)/500 g (1.1 lbs.) SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 32

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 15

ULS Series

Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production BC-ENG/EFP • Two shotgun capsules in one, using two-partinterference tube

• Ultra-low noise

• Short shotgun for close-up video recording

317

176

• Long shotgun for recording from medium distances

CK69-ULS

CK 69-ULS CK 69-ULS Shotgun Capsule Two shotgun capsules in one, with quick and easy conversion from long to short shotgun applications, from hypercardioid to directional polar patterns.In its long shotgun configuration, the CK 69-ULS will deliver perfect results for film/TV outdoor applications or indoor front of stage recording from approximately 20 to 24 feet (6 to 8 m). If you unscrew the front half of the interference tube, the same capsule becomes a short shotgun for use in TV, film and video close-up work. Additionally, the short shotgun mode is ideal for interviews in noisy environments. The CK 69-ULS operates flawlessly in high humidity environments and windscreens are provided for both long and short configurations.

W 48, W 49

Response in long shotgun mode

Response in short shotgun mode

C 480 B + CK 69-ULS

Item numbers: CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B C 480 B comb-ULS/61 CK 69-ULS

2231Z00210 2231Z00220 2231Z00250 2180Z00150 2200Z00330 2669Z00010

CK 69-ULS hypercardioid/directional 20 to 18,000 Hz 54/27/8.5 mV/Pa (-25/-31/-41 dBV) 134/140/142 dB 11/9/15 dB-A 83/85/79 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable through C 480 B through C 480 B matte black 21 dia. x 176/317 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9/12.5 in.) 70 g (2.5 oz.)/500 g (1.09 lbs.) W 48, W 49 A 61, H 30

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 16

AKG Blue Line Moderately-priced modular condenser microphone system The AKG Blue Line is a moderately-priced modular condenser microphone system with extraordinary performance and flexibility. With five different microphone capsules and lots of accessories to choose from, you can customize a Blue Line system to get perfect results on any recording or sound reinforcement job. The basic element of the Blue Line system is the SE 300 B preamp module that transforms the phantom power for the capsule and matches the output impedance to your mixer. The SE 300 B uses AKG’s High Density Surface Mount Device electronics to deliver higher sensitivity, lower noise, better phase and frequency response plus lower distortion than older designs. The transformerless output electronics preserve the full fidelity of the audio spectrum and has extremely low LF distortion. Each precision AKG mic capsule has active transducers with ultra-low mass, gold-sputtered diaphragms. The bayonet coupling system on the SE 300 B and each capsule makes it easy to change modules even under difficult conditions and has self-cleaning contacts to maintain perfect signal integrity even after years of use in hostile environments.

CK94

CK92

CK93

CK91

CK 91

CK 92

CK 93

CK 91 Cardioid Capsule Flat frequency response and a consistent cardioid polar pattern make the CK 91 an ideal tool for applications where good off-axis rejection is required. Foam windscreen included.

CK 92 Omnidirectional Capsule Since the frequency of omnidirectional microphones does not change with the distance from the sound source for physical reasons, the CK 92 omni capsule has no proximity effect. Instead, it offers exceptionally neutral presentation of a source in its ambient sound field, providing consistent results regardless of the distance between microphone and source. Includes foam windscreen.

CK 93 Hypercardioid Capsule CK 94 Figure-Eight Capsule Similar to the CK 91, the CK 93 features This figure-eight capsule prefers sound a consistent hypercardioid polar pattern. arriving from opposite directions and A hypercardioid provides a much higher efficiently suppresses off-axis sounds. The CK 94 is a perfect tool for situations ratio of direct to ambient sound than a cardioid does. With this high separation, where sound sources face each other. Recommended applications include interthe CK 93 is an excellent choice for viewing, choir miking, drum overheads multitrack recording. High gain before feedback makes the CK 93 a very useful as well as M/S stereo techniques in comtool in live sound applications, too. bination with a cardioid or hypercardioid Includes foam windscreen. microphone. Includes foam windscreen.

cardioid

Specifications (measured with SE 300 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

omnidirectional

CK 91: cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

CK 94

hypercardioid

CK 92: omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

figure-eight

CK 93: hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

CK 94: figure-eight 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 43/59 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.7/2.3 in.) 45 g (1.9 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 17

AKG Blue Line

Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production Percussions • AKG Blue Line cardioid microphone • Switchable bass cut filter and 10-dB preattenuation pad • Insensitive to handling noise 19 262

247

• High resistance to RF interference

SE300B

• Capsule mounts directly on SE 300 B powering unit

110

lin 75 Hz -10 dB

CK98

P12-48 MADE IN AUSTRIA

C 391 B

SE 300 B

CK 98

AKG Blue Line Microphone Combination, C 391 B Cardioid Versatile cardioid condenser microphone comprising an SE 300 B powering/output module and CK 91 cardioid capsule. Foam windscreen and stand adapter included. AKG Blue Line SE 300 B Transformerless Powering/Output Module. The SE 300 B operates from any 9 to 52 V phantom power supply. It incorporates a switchable 12 dB/octave bass cut filter at 75 Hz to eliminate footfall noise and a switchable 10-dB preattenuation pad for high-SPL sound sources. A transformerless output stage ensures pristine full-range audio and prevents low-frequency distortion. Stand adapter included.

Item numbers: CK 91 CK 92 CK 93 CK 94 C 391 B SE 300 B CK 98

2439Z00010 2439Z00020 2439Z00030 2439Z00060 2442Z00010 2439X00080 2439Z00040

tSpecifications • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional

cardioid

C 391 B cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB 10 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 75 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR dark grey 19 dia. x 146 mm (0.7 dia. x 5.7 in.) 115 g (4 oz.)/420 g (14.8 oz.) SA 60, W 90 A 91, B 18, H 30, H 50, H 85, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

CK 98 Short Shotgun The CK 98 combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. It offers excellent reach, thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the CK 98 ideal for boom applications. The smooth, wideband frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters. Includes foam windscreen.

Specifications • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight:

CK 98 hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 124/134 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 247/262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.) 80 g (2.8 oz.)/500 g (1.1 lb.)

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

W 98 A 91, H 30

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 18

The Perception Series First-rate audio for everyone from up-and-coming musicians to seasoned pros Studio recording Broadcast Live sound Podcasting • Professional condenser microphones • Solid, roadworthy construction • Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria • Outstanding price-performance ratio

AKG’s PERCEPTION microphones have built a strong following among musicians and engineers, proving to be among the best affordable true condenser microphones on the market today. Building on this reputation, AKG now introduces four new PERCEPTION models providing superb audio quality and performance at a competitive price. The AKG Perception Series includes the Perception 120, Perception 120 USB, Perception 170, Perception 220, Perception 420, and Perception 820 Tube – each offering a switchable 20 dB attenuation pad and a low-cut switch for an even wider range of miking capabilities including vocals, acoustic instruments, classical music, electric guitar amps, and drums across multiple application areas in studio recording, live sound, and broadcasting. The Perception line offers AKG’s signature “up-front” sound quality in a rugged precision-tooled zinc/aluminum alloy body with a dent-resistant stainless steel front grill. The Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound. It is not only the flagship of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones. The Perception 120 USB is AKG's first microphone with a USB interface, offering studio-level audio performance with no need to install any drivers. Being about as easy to use as a USB stick, this new microphone puts even users with limited recording experience in a position to make professional-quality recordings at home. It is a true plug-and-play tool enabling users to create podcasts, voiceovers, and studio-quality demo recordings quickly and easily. The entire PERCEPTION line has been designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria. The microphones are manufactured in China under strict quality control by AKG. The result is unique, innovative Austrian technology and exceptional build quality at a uniquely reasonable price.

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 19

Perception

Professional studio recording Lead vocals Lead instruments Guitar and bass amps Brass • An ECC 83 dual-triode tube circuitry emphasizes even-order harmonics for rich, smooth and three-dimensional sound • The elegant remote control unit allows selection of 9 different pickup patterns from omnidirectional to cardioid to figure 8 • The switchable bass cut filter (80 Hz, 12 dB/oct) reduces unwanted rumble or footfall noise • A 20 dB allenuation pad enables for high SPL applications up to 155 dB • A ground lift switch prevents unwanted hum if necessary • Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

Perception 820 Tube In 2005 AKG has launched the very first Perception models – a completely new series of microphones showing legendary AKG Sound & Quality at an outstanding price level. The brand-new Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound quality. It is not only the new flagship model of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones. In contrast to many other affordable tube microphones, the Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound quality thanks to the dual one-inch large diaphragm capsule and the sophisticated ECC 83 dual-triode circuitry. The elegant remote control unit allows selection of 9 different pickup patterns and controls the switchable bass-cut filter and the preattenuation pad. Moreover, a ground lift switch prevents unwanted hum if necessary. It comes complete with a spider-type shock mount and a metal carrying case. AKG’s industry-leading Perception Series of condenser microphones are recognized for their outstanding quality and versatile capabilities at an affordable price. The Perception 820 Tube raises the bar in its class – It shows real tube sound, the highest dynamic range, the most comprehensive features and comes complete with useful accessories at an unbeatable price.

Item numbers: Perception 820 Tube

3101H00100 cardioid

• Type • Polar pattern: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

1-inch dual-diaphragm, true condenser pressuregradient omnidirectional, cardioid, figure eight plus six intermediate patterns (selectable on Remote Control Unit) 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV ±3 dB) 135/155 dB SPL (0/-20 dB) 16 dB-A 78 dB -20 dB (switchable on Remote Control Unit) 12 dB/Oktave, 80 Hz (switchable on Remote Control Unit) ≤200 ohms ≥1.000 ohms via Remote Control Unit dedicated 7-pin male XLR

omnidirectional

• • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Remote Control Unit:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

figure eight

53 dia. x 212 mm high (2 x 8.3 in.) 870 g/5.4 kg / 1.9/11.9 lbs. Audio/control input: dedicated 7-pin female XLR connector Audio output: standard 3-pin male XLR connector, balanced, pin 2 hot Polar pattern selector: 9-position detented rotary switch Bass cut filter switch: 2-position toggle switch Preattenuation switch: 2-position toggle switch Power voltage: 210-240 VAC or 110-120 VAC, selectable Primary fuse: 125 mA / 250 V slow-blow Sound Tool Case, Mic/power cord EU/UK/US, spider suspension PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:11 Seite 20

Orchester and Ensemble recording A/B, X/Y, and M/S stereo recording Ambience recording Grand piano, woodwinds, brass Percussions

Vocals Drums and percussions Acoustic instruments Guitar and bass amps • One-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser cardioid transducer • Rugged all-metal body • Roadworthy construction

• Back-to-back multi-pattern transducer

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• True condenser technology

• Switchable bass cut filter

• High sensitivity and 155 dB maximum SPL capability

• Legendary AKG sound quality • Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Complete with spider-type shock mount and aluminum carrying case

• Switchable bass cut filter • Legendary, pristine AKG sound quality

Perception 420

Perception 220

Perception 420 is a multi-pattern large-diaphragm condenser microphone for more demanding professional studio recording applications. Offering high sensitivity and 155 dB maximum SPL, the Perception 420 delivers a warm transparent sound quality ideally suited for ensemble recording, grand piano, woodwind and brass instruments as well as drums and percussion instruments. In addition, three selectable polar patterns – cardioid, omnidirectional or figure-eight – allow a wide range of stereo miking techniques and ambient recording. The microphone's chassis is made of figure-eight precision-tooled zinc/aluminum alloy and boasts a dent resistant stainless-steel wire-mesh front grille. It comes complete with a spider-type shock mount in an cardioid aluminum carrying case.

The Perception 220 is a large-diaphragm true condenser microphone offering outstanding build quality and excellent value. Its many useful features and included accessories make this microphone uncommonly versatile. It delivers a classic warm, clear sound and conforms to the stringent standards defined for AKG recording products. These standards are based on AKG’s six decades of experience in making microphones and on input from sound engineers around the world who use AKG products every day. Its 1-inch large-diaphragm true condenser transducer brings AKG studio quality to the project studio as well as all other areas of recording and live sound applications. A switchable bass cut filter and preattenuation pad make it perfectly suited even for loud sound sources producing sound pressure levels up to 155 dB SPL. The rugged and roadworthy design makes it also a perfect choice for on-stage applications.

Item number: Perception 420 3101H00200 (8 units multipack version)

Item number: Perception 220 3101H00190 (8 units multipack version)

• Capsule: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

omnidirectional

Dual-capsule,1-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser pressure-gradient microphone Polar pattern: Cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight Frequency range: 20 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 28 mV/Pa (-31 dBV) Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: 135/155 dB SPL (0/-20 dB) Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 16 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 78 dB Preattenuation pad: 0 dB, -20 dB Bass cut filter: 12 dB/octave, 300 Hz Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥1,000 ohms Powering: 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Current consumption: ≤2 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: metallic blue/nickel grille Dimensions: 53 dia. x 160 mm/2 x 6.3 in. Net/Shipping weight: 525 g (18.5 oz.)/1,970 g (4.3 lb.) Standard accessories: metal case, spider suspension Optional accessories: PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

1" Large Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 135 dB/155 dB (0/-20 dB) 16 dB-A 78 dB 0 dB, -20 dB 12 dB/octave at 300 Hz <200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power <2 mA 3-pin XLR metallic blue/nickel grille 53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 525 g (18.5 oz.)/1,970 g (4.3 lb.) metal case, spider suspension PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:12 Seite 21

Perception

Drums and percussions Acoustic instruments Ensemble recording A/B and X/Y stereo miking Perfect for live and studio use

Vocals Instruments Home recording Podcasting • General-purpose cardioid recording microphone • Extended frequency response

• Professional small-diaphragm, true condenser cardioid microphone

• Roadworthy construction • Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Switchable bass cut filter

• Heavy-duty, roadworthy, all-metal construction

• Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

• AKG sound quality • Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

Perception 170

Perception 120

The Perception 170 is a small-diaphragm true condenser microphone offering outstanding build quality and excellent value. Its ½-inch capsule delivers outstanding clarity and transient response and conforms to the stringent standards defined for AKG recording products.

The Perception 120 is a 2/3-inch diaphragm condenser microphone that offers solid build quality, outstanding performance, and excellent value. The low-mass diaphragm delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail. A switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad and bass cut filter make the Perception 120 an excellent choice for a wide range of recording and live sound applications.

The Perception 170’s design is based on AKG s six decades of experience in making microphones and on input from sound engineers around the world who use AKG products every day. A switchable preattenuation pad enable the Perception 170 to be used close to sound sources delivering SPLs up to 155 dB. The heavy-duty, all-metal chassis and reliable gold-plated XLR-type output make the PERCEPTION 170 an excellent choice for a variety of live sound applications, too.

Item number: Perception 170 3101H00180 (8 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Item number: Perception 120 3101H00160 (8 units multipack version)

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted) Preattenuation pad: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Backed by AKG's six decades of experience in making microphones and input from sound engineers around the world, the Perception 120 now brings AKG studio quality to musician and project studio applications.

0.5 inch diaphragm, externally polarized condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 12 mV/Pa (-38 dBV) 135 / 155 dB SPL (0 / -20 dB) < 21 dB-A 73 dB 0 dB, -20 dB ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR-type (pin #2 hot) metallic blue 22 dia. X 160 mm/0.09 x 6.3 in. 130 g (4.6 oz.)/455 g (16 oz.) stand adapter H 30, H 50, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, PF 80, W 32

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid

2/3" Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) 130/150 dB (0/-20 dB) 22 dB-A 72 dB 0 dB, -20 dB 12 dB/octave at 300 Hz <200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power <3 mA 3-pin XLR metallic blue 53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 525 g (18.5 oz.)/955 g (33.7 oz.) stand adapter PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:12 Seite 22

Home Recording Podcasts Voice Overs Rehearsal Recording • Switchable attenuation pad for close-up miking and loud instruments

• Real Plug-and-Play (no installation, no drivers, no reboot required) • Supports Windows 7, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Mac OS

• Blue LEDs indicate operation

• Integrated high-quality Analogue-to-Digital Converter (24-bit, 128x oversampling) for convincing sound quality and low noise • Integrated pop filter avoids plosives effectively • Switchable bass-cut filter reduces mechanical vibration and wind noise

• Two-third-inch condenser capsule with a low-mass diaphragm delivers sonic details • Tripod table stand, swivel mount and USB cable included • Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

Perception 120 USB In 2005 AKG has launched the very first Perception models – A completely new series of microphones showing legendary AKG Sound & Quality at an attractive price level. In 2008 the new Perception Series continued this success story with four new models. In April 2009 the highly anticipated Perception 820 Tube microphone is not only the new flagship model of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones. The Perception 120 USB is the very first USB-equipped microphone from AKG, offering studio-quality sound performance without requiring any installation or drivers. With the widespread USB standard and its ease of use, this new model allows users without any recording experience to make professional-quality recordings from their home. It is a real plug-and-play device enabling customers to do podcasts, voiceovers, and studio-quality rehearsal-recordings quickly and easily. The USB is a widely known interface for audio equipment like sound cards, active monitors and outboard equipment, which makes the Perception 120 USB one of the most versatile microphones available.

• • • • • • • •

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: USB Support: Sampling Rates: Analog-to-Digital Converter:

• Oversampling: • Supported Operating Systems:

2/3" Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 0 dB, -20 dB 6 dB/octave at 120 Hz USB 1.1, 2.0 44.1 and 48 kHz Built-in high-quality 24-bit ADC 128 x Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Mac OS

In its class, the Perception 120 USB is the only USB microphone with an integrated Analogue-toDigital Converter with 24-bit and 128x oversampling. Instead of sual one-chip-solutions, the high-quality Analogue-to-Digital Converter provides convincing sound quality and low noise. The Perception 120 USB includes a two-third-inch condenser capsule with a low-mass diaphragm delivering accurate sonic details, an integrated pop filter that avoids plosives, a switchable bass cut filter, and an attenuation switch.

Item number: Perception 120 USB 3101H00060

• • • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional Accessories:

matte grayish blue 53 dia x 165 mm (2.1 dia x 6.5 in.) 460 g (18.8 oz.)/1050 g (37.0 oz.) stand adapter, table stand, USB cable PF 80, W 4000

1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_2_Recording_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:12 Seite 23

Perception

Weave (D), 03/2010 What you get is good sound quality and low ambient noise. The new affordable AKG Perception 120 USB is the editor’s choice. This condenser microphone showing an USB interface is available as Plug-and-Play-Package which comes complete with a robust tripod and a sufficient long cable. Especially the low noise of this microphone is convincing in its price range. The integrated windscreen and pop filter reduces breath noise and plosives surprisingly well.

Flashforum.de (D), 03/2010 Even for small purses the production of good quality podcasts is no longer a problem because the ingredients for a good sound are clear: in addition to a PC and the corresponding software only a microphone is necessary. The most uncomplicated and cost-effective variants include a USB port prepared to “plug-and-play” because usually the corresponding drivers are already part of the operating system. This is also true for the Austrian AKG s brand new Perception 120 USB we have tested. The sound quality of this condenser microphone is really convincing. The pop filter provides excellent suppression of breath and pop sounds without compromising the sound quality. And considering the expected street price of € 150 the noise floor is unequalled. AKG provides an impressive overall package that even includes a convenient tripod as well as a sufficiently long USB cable.

Home Recording, Rehearsal Recording

Voice Overs, Podcasts

Integrated high-quality Analogue-to-Digital Converter (24-bit, 128x oversampling) for convincing sound quality and low noise

It supports Windows XP, Windows Vista and MAC OS X but also the new Windows 7. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

The Perception 120 USB comes complete with everything you need:

Table Stand

Stand Adapter

USB Cable

Studio performance for your desktop

Quick Start Guide

Recording & Broadcast

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:22 Seite 24

Handheld Microphones C 535 EB, C 5 D 7/D 7 S BBB DFIVE N E W D 5/D 5 S, D 770 D 88 S/XLR D 77 S/XLR D 55 S, D 44 S

26 27 27 28 29 29 30

Instrument Microphones D 112, D 40 C 430, C 411

31 32

Clip-on Microphones C 518, C 519 C 516 ML, C 544 L

33 34

Head-worn Microphones C 520, C 555 L HC 577 L

35 36

Lavalier Microphones CK 77 WR C 417, CK 99 L

36 37

Perception Live Perception Live Introduction P 5/P 5 S P 4, P 3 S P 2, Groove Pack

38 39 40 41

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:22 Seite 25

Stage

Microphones

Sound engineers and artists appreciate microphones as valuable instruments for achieving exactly the sound they have in mind. AKG offers exactly the right microphones for every application and any kind of acoustic environment-microphones that have been known to provide the high level of quality and ruggedness needed to stand up to the rigors of day-to-day usage on stage.

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 26

Recording Vocals Sound/AV company Drums

Vocals Recording Live sound Sound/AV company

• Classic vocal and instrument microphone

• Condenser vocal microphone for onstage use • XLR connector module with 24-carat gold plated pins for optimized connectivity

• Rugged metal body • Switchable bass cut filter ø ~46

• 24-carat gold plated transducer case for optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion and humidity

185.2

~184

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill for extreme ruggedness incl. reliable control of pops and wind noise • Internal elastic suspension • Innovative mic design based on professional user research 23.5

C 535 EB

The professional vocal/instrument microphone from AKG for stage and studio use, the C 535 EB provides the ultimate combination of excellent, highly detailed audio and exceptional ruggedness. Perfect weight distribution ensures fatigue-free handling – another asset for discriminating vocalists! Bass cut/rolloff filters and a switchable preattenuation pad let you match the frequency response and output level to the most diverse recording and onstage miking situations. The C 535 EB is one of the great, legendary microphones.

This professional condenser vocal microphone will make your voice cut through the loudest mix – on any stage. Its cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and has been optimized for use with in-ear monitor systems. The gold plated transducer case does not only give the microphone a sophisticated esthetic touch but also makes the transducer extremely resistant to corrosion and humidity. The result is superior audio performance. The design of the all new AKG C 5 reflects the latest results of AKG’s longstanding research with professional users optimizing handling and ease-ofuse whilst providing outstanding premium audio performance.

C 535 WL 1: C 535 EB microphone element with threaded connection for use with various AKG WMS handheld transmitters. Item numbers: C 535 EB C 535 WL1

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Item numbers: C 5: 3138X00160 (6 units multipack version) C 5 WL1 3082X00020

2135X00030 2782X00150

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (–43 dBV) 130/144 dB 21 dB-A -14 dB 12 dB/Oktave bei 100 Hz ≤200 Ohm ≥600 Ohm 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2.5 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 46 dia. x 184 mm (1.8 dia. x 7.25 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) / 800 g (1.8 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 61 B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: cardioid Frequency range: 65 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV ) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: 140/145 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 25 dB-A Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power Current consumption: typ. 3 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: matte grayish blue Dimensions: length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) Net/shipping weight: 345 g (12.2 oz.) / 660 g (1.5 lbs.) Standard accessories: Microphone bag, SA 51, PB 1000 Optional accessories: B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880

3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch_080311.qxp:3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch

14.03.2011

18:57 Uhr

Seite 27

Handheld Microphones

Vocal Recording Live PA/rental company

Beatboxing Live applications Live vocals Sound/AV company

• Dynamic reference microphone

• Extremely rugged vocal/speech microphone

• Hum compensation coil

• Patented AKG Laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill

• New acoustical design of inner windscreen

• Optimized internal windscreen

• Precision metal dust filter 51

Hum compensation coil

51 185.2

Metal dust filter 185.2

Mechanical-pneumatic suspension

NEW

BBB DFIVE

23.5

D7S

AKG`s new reference dynamic microphone delivers high end performance and noble sound in every studio and on every stage. The new Laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no extra tuning resonators. This leads to a quantum leap in audio performance under each surrounding conditions and sound volume. D 7 creates that subtle and opened sound in all frequency ranges condenser mics are famous for, but it also has the powerful resonance from a dynamic microphone. The integrated high-pass filter eliminates permanent all handling noises and the new coustical designed inner windscreen makes you feel more secure in live use. The precision metal dust filter provides a consistent objection to the diaphragm. The original inner windscreen can be replaced with the extra windscreen supplied with the microphone, this offers a clear sound for a long time. Available versions: D 7: standard version, D 7 S: version with on/off switch, D 7 WL 1: D 7 microphone capsule for WMS 4500 Item numbers: D7 D7S D 7 WL 1

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

23.5

3139X00010 3139X00020 3082X00030

Polar pattern: Supercardioid Frequency range: 70 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD 147 / 156 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 18 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 76 dB Buss cut filter: 80 Hz, 6 dB/octave, always active Impedance: ≤ 600 ohms Recommended load Impedance: ≥ 2000 ohms Humbucking coil: Integrated on capsule Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: matte grayish blue Dimensions: length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) Net / shipping weight: 340 g (12 oz.) / 655 g (1.45 lbs.) Standard accessories: Microphone bag, SA 61, replacement inner windscreen Optional accessories: H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

The BBB DFive is a dynamic vocal microphone for solo performing and lead vocals on stage and in the studio. This supercardioid dynamic microphone ensures high gain before feedback and delivers a powerful sound throughout the entire range of any multivocalist.The BBB DFive has been derived from the D 5/D 5 S microphone. Its most remarkable new feature is an optimized internal windscreen that prevents wind noise even in lip-contact use without altering the microphone’s finely accurate high-frequency response. The patented Laminated Varimotion™ diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm to be fine-tuned with no need for extra tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The dual shock mount eliminates any kind of mechanical noise for troublefree live use. The audience will hear nothing but the pristine sound of your voice! The user manual contains a section on basic beatboxing techniques, and the BBB DFive microphone has been appointed the official Beatbox Battle® microphone for the coming years. Item number: BBB DFive

• • • • • • • • • • • •

3138H00330

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

supercardioid 70 to 20,000 Hz 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 340 g (12 oz.)/ 420 g (0.92 lbs.) H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Stage Microphones

3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch_080311.qxp:3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch

Vocals Recording Live sound Sound/AV company

14.03.2011

18:58 Uhr

Live sound Brass Woodwinds Drums

• Extremely rugged vocal/speech microphone

• Extremely rugged instrument/vocal microphone

• Available with or without on/off switch

• Highly efficient windscreen • Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

• Patented AKG Laminated Varimotion diaphragm

• High performance Varimotion diaphragm (AKG patent)

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill for extreme ruggedness and reliable control of pops and wind noise 51

185.2

• For smooth frequency response and maximum gain before feedback

23.5

D5S

The D 5 dynamic vocal microphone for lead and backing vocals delivers a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. Its frequency independent supercardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback. The D 5 stands for a crisp sound that cuts through every mix. AKG made the first microphone diaphragm ever whose thickness varies across its diameter. The new Laminated Varimotion diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no extra tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The dual shock mount eliminates any kind of mechanical noise for trouble-free live use. The audience will hear nothing but the pristine sound of your voice!

180

• Innovative mic design based on professional user research

Seite 28

D 770 Dynamic microphone for miking instruments and backing vocals in tough night-after-night onstage use. The D 770 features a cardioid polar pattern and uses a patented AKG Varimotion diaphragm. The D 770 is fitted with a shock absorbing steel wire-mesh inner grill to protect the transducer from damage, and further protection is provided by the rugged die-cast housing and a wire-mesh outer grill. The outer grill and a layer of special fabric beneath it form a very effective windscreen that will suppress pop and breath noise as well as sibilance. The extended frequency response of the D 770 slightly emphasizes the mid and treble ranges to ensure good intelligibility. Item number: D 770

Available Versions D 5: for standard applications. D 5 S: with on/off switch.

2696X00010

Item numbers: D5 3138X00190 D5S 3138X00200 D 5 WL 1 3082X00010 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

supercardioid 70 to 20,000 Hz 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 51 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB 22 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte black 50 dia. x 181 mm (2 x 7.1 in.) 290 g (10.4 oz.)/650 g (1.4 lbs.) microphone bag, SA 44 H 30, H 50, SA 61, W 23, W 880, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 29

Handheld Microphones

Lead vocals Live Sound

Backing vocals Live Sound Instruments

• Rugged performance microphone designed for lead vocals

• Rugged performance microphone designed for backing vocals and instruments

• Available with 16 foot (5 m) XLR/XLR cable • On/off switch

0 52.5

• Sturdy die-cast metal body 0 52.5 186

186

• Sturdy die-cast metal body

D 88 S/XLR

D 77 S/XLR

The D 88 S is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocalists. The super cardioid polar pattern guarantees for utmost gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. Its heavy duty metal body will take some tough handling. The microphone comes with an integrated on/off-switch, stand adapter and a 5 m (16 ft.) XLR/XLR cable.

The D 77 S microphone is ideal for backing vocals, guitar, wind instruments and many other applications. Metal case and wire mesh grill for exceptional ruggedness.

Item numbers: D 88 S/XLR

Item numbers: D 77 S/XLR

3100H00080

The microphone comes with an integrated on/off-switch, stand adapter and a 5 m (16 ft.) XLR/XLR cable. 3100H00060

supercardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

supercardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 300 ohms 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) black length: 186 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) stand adapter 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) black length: 178 mm (7 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) stand adapter 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Stage Microphones

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 30

Vocals Karaoke

• Vocal/general-purpose microphone

• Sturdy die-cast metal body

• On/off switch

• Rugged wire mesh cap with internal protective basket

• 16 foot (5 m) cable w/mini jack and 1/4" adapter

• 16 foot (5 m) cable w/mini jack and 1/4" adapter 0 52.5 226

243

0 53

D 55 S

D 44 S

Easy to use microphone for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to didacting or other speech recording applications. The true allround microphone with an impact resistant plastic body and fixed cable with mini jack plug and 1/4" adapter.

Easy to use microphone for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to didacting or other speech recording applications. The true allround microphone with an impact resistant rugged full metal microphone housing and fixed cable with mini jack plug and 1/4" adapter.

Integrated ON/OFF switch; cardioid polar pattern.

Item number: D 55 S

Item number: D 44 S

3100H00040

3100H00030

cardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net /shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 380 g (0.84 lbs.)/920 g (2.03 lbs.) black length: 243 mm (9.6 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

cardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 290 g (0.64 lbs.)/820 g (1.81 lbs.) black length: 226 mm (8.9 in.) max. diameter: 53 mm (2.1 in.) fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 31

Instrument Microphones

Bass instruments Live sound Recording

Instruments Live sound • Dynamic microphone designed for drums and percussions, wind instruments, and guitar amps

• Large-diaphragm dynamic microphone for bass instruments • Extremely high SPL capability

• Patented AKG Varimotion diaphragm technology

• Classic microphone for stage and studio applications

• Custom built capsule mounting • Spring steel wire-mesh cap • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough handling on stage

104

44 D40

D 112

D 40

The D 112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide as the best kick drum microphone ever made. Heavy-footed drummers won’t faze it, because the D 112 handles up to 160 dB SPL with no audible distortion. A specially engineered diaphragm with a very low resonance frequency maintains solid and powerful response below 100 Hz, while a narrow band presence rise at 4 kHz punches through dense mixes with little or no added EQ. The result is a kick drum sound that ideally balances precise definition and forceful impact. The D 112 is also an excellent choice for use with bass cabinets, trombones, etc.

The D 40 with its solid all-metal body will stand up to the hardships of nightafter-night onstage use "with a smile".

Built-in windscreen, SA 60 stand adapter included.

The Varimotion diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no need for tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The transducer is protected by a sturdy wire-mesh cap and takes extremely high sound pressure levels with ease. An integrated stand adapter and standard H 440 mounting bracket for snare drums, tom-toms, etc. make the D 40 a highly versatile tool for use on drums, percussions, wind instruments, and guitar amps.

Drum-Set with D 112 Drum-Set Big II: 1 x D 112, 2 x C 1000 S, 4 x C 519

Drum-Set with D 112 and D 40 Rhythm-Pack: 1 x D 112, 2 x C 430, 3 x D 40

Item number: D 112 Drum-Set Big II

Item number: D 40 Rhythm-Pack

2220X00010 2581X00120

2815X00050 2581X00130

omnidirectional

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 20 to 17,000 Hz 1.8 mV/Pa (-55 dBV) outside measurement range 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤210 ohms ≥600 ohms 3-pin XLR dark grey metallic enamel 150 x 70 x 115 mm (5.9 x 2.8 x 4.5 in.) 380 g (13.4 oz.) / 990 g (2.2 lbs.) SA 60 ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

omnidirectional

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1/3 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 75 to 20,000 Hz 4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV) 144/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin XLR dark stage blue length 104 mm (4.1 in.) height (incl. stand adapter): 79 mm (3.1 in.) max. dia.: 44 mm (1.7 in.) 245 g (8.6 oz.) / 380 g (13.4 oz.) H 440 ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Stage Microphones

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 32

Recording Strings Concert hall Sound/AV company

• Miniature condenser microphone for cymbal and overhead miking

• Ultra-light vibration pickup

• Phantom or battery powering options

• Condenser transducer in sealed enclosure

• Mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands

14,2

9,7

26,7

Cymbals and overhead Live sound Recording

• Cable with lockable mini XLR connector

• Ideal for miking up acoustic guitars and other string instruments

0 19

C 430

C 411

Specifically designed for cymbal and overhead miking, the frequency response of the C 430 ensures a uniquely crisp sound. With its extremely compact external dimensions, this microphone will keep a low profile in any application without compromising audio quality. The major benefits of the C 430 include: • Easy to use with any mixer, with no need to use the EQ • Trouble-free use on open-air stages • Mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands.

Weighing only 18 grams (0.6 oz.), this ultra-light condenser pickup is ideal for acoustic guitar, mandolin, violin and most other stringed instruments. The C 411 will give a clear and uncolored sound without changing the balance of the instrument. Attaching the C 411 on or near the bridge is easy with the included non-marring, reusable, solvent-free adhesive compound. You can also fix the C 411 anywhere else on the instrument, depending on the desired sound and the vibration performance of the instrument. C 411 L: For use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. C 411 PP: For hardwire applications, with standard XLR connector for phantom powering.

Item number: C 430

Item number: C 411 L C 411 PP

2795X00010

2571Z00030 2571Z00040

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% /3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering: (IEC 61938) Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV) 126/130 dB 33 dB-A 61 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 19 dia. x 79 mm (0.7 x 3.1 in.) 23 g (1.1 oz.) / 192 g (6.8 oz.) microphone bag, SA 60, W 32 B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

figure-eight (vibration pickup) 10 to 18,000 Hz 2 mV/ms-2 (incl. MPA V L) 100 dB ≤200 ohms unbalanced ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black 27 x 14 x 9.5 mm (1.1 x 0.5 x 0.3 in.) 18 g (0.7 oz.)/150 g (5.5 oz.) adhesive compound, microphone bag B 29 L, MPA V L, B 18

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 33

Clip-on Microphones

Brass Drums Percussions Recording

Brass Drums Percussions Woodwinds

• Ideal for miking drums and percussions

• Miniature gooseneck for accurate microphone alignment

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450 212

• Miniature condenser clip-on microphone for wind instruments, drums, and percussions

199

• Miniature cardioid condenser clamp-on microphone with shock mounted capsule

• Detachable microphone cable

• Integrated gooseneck

• Transducer shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection

• Continuously adjustable vise type clamp 47

C 518

C 519

The ultimate miniature condenser microphone for drums and percussions. Its cardioid polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby instruments. A continuously adjustable vise-type clamp makes it easy to fix the microphone securely on the top hoop of most drums or percussion instruments. An external shock mount provides high mechanical-noise rejection. A special snap-on stabilizer knee will keep the gooseneck bent at a defined angle. The C 518 M features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response to your instrument’s sound. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO. Versions C 518 M for external phantom powering C 518 ML for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

• • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable):

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

The C 519 M features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response to your instrument’s sound. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO. Versions C 519 M for external phantom powering C 519 ML for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. Item numbers: C 519 M 3065X00110 C 519 ML 3065X00120 (6 units multipack version)

Item numbers: C 518 M 3064X00110 C 518 ML 3064X00120 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

The C 519 clips onto the bell of a trumpet, saxophone, trombone, tuba, or any other wind instrument (e.g. didgeridoo). Room to move for the wind section at last! Its tight cardioid polar pattern makes the C 519 an ideal tool for use near monitor wedges, and its flat frequency response delivers a natural, powerful, and clear sound.

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 200 mm (7.9 in.); max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.) C 518 M: 220 g (7.8 oz.) / 450 g (15.9 oz.) C 518 ML: 110 g (3.9 oz.) / 330 g (11.7 oz.) H 518, microphone bag, W 44; C 518 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450 B 18, for C 518 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): • Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 213 mm (4.8 in.); max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.) C 519 M: 195 g (6.9 oz.) / 430 g (15.2 oz.) C 519 ML: 85 g (3 oz.) / 310 g (11 oz.) microphone bag, W 44; C 519 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450 B 18, for C 519 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 34

Speech Head-worn microphone Aerobics

• Cardioid instrument microphone with miniature mounting bracket

110

145

Live sound Sound/AV company

• Ergonomically optimized behind-the-neck headband

• High mechanical-noise attenuation • Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

• Moisture shield • External shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection

• Detachable microphone cable • Ideal for miking up accordions and guitar, piano, keyboard, or organ amplifiers 235

C 516 ML

Lightweight cardioid miniature microphone for use on accordions, guitar speakers, piano and keyboard/organ cabinets. The included screws and double-sided, solvent-free adhesive pads make it easy to install the microphone on your instrument or amp exactly where you need it. Using two C 516 MLs (one on the bass and one on the treble side) and an optional B 29 L battery power supply is an ideal way to mic up an accordion. The C 516 ML is the only version available and can be used with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO.

C 544 L The C 544 L is a head-worn miniature condenser microphone with a convenient behind-the-neck headband. The microphone has a cardioid polar pattern and therefore “prefers” sounds arriving from the front (the user’s mouth). The microphone body containing the condenser transducer is shock mounted on the microphone arm in order to suppress cable and mechanical noise. The microphone arm will place the microphone in front of the corner of your mouth to minimize pop noise and protect the microphone from contamination. The supplied windscreen makes the microphone even less susceptible to wind and pop noise. A special moisture shield on the microphone capsule makes it difficult for moisture and makeup to penetrate into the microphone. This barrier prevents the microphone sound entries from being clogged by sweat or makeup which would make the sound dull and reduce the sensitivity of the microphone. Therefore, never remove the moisture shield from the microphone.

Item number: C 516 ML 3063X00120 (6 units multipack version)

Item number: C 544 L 2793H00070 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • •

•

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter Current consumption: ≤ 2 mA Connector: 3-pin mini XLR Cable: 1.5 m (5 ft.) Finish: matte black Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): 46 g (1.6 oz.) / 320 g (11.3 oz.) Standard accessories: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450, 2 doublesided adhesive rubber plates, 3 countersunkbolts (3 x 30 mm), 3 self-tapping screws (2.9 x 13 mm), elastic adhesive compound, H 516, microphone bag, W 44 Optional accessories: B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

Current consumption: Environment: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz 40 mV/Pa (-28 dBV) 126/130 dB SPL 22 dB-A ≤200 ohms, electronically balanced ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA -20°C to +60°C, R.H. at +20°C: 99% 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black dia. 130 mm (5.2 in.) 30 g (1.1 oz.) / 200 g (7.1 oz.) moisture shield, W 444 B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 35

Head-worn Microphones

195

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband

Head-worn microphone for lectern Handsfree use Aerobics Speech

134

102

134

195

Head-worn microphone Handsfree use Lead and backing vocals

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband

• External shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection • Miniature gooseneck for precise positioning near the user’s mouth

• Moisture shield

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

• Optimum audio and intelligibility even at high ambient noise levels • Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

C 520

C 555 L

Head-worn condenser microphone with maximum dynamic range for perfect vocal sound. Its cardioid polar pattern effectively rejects unwanted ambient noise. An ideal choice for frontmen, singing keyboardists, drummers, guitarists, and dancers. The microphone arm mounts either on the left or right side of the headband as desired. The C 520 provides the perfect solution for any performer needing a handsfree microphone. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

The new C 555 L head-worn microphone from AKG is rugged, extremely easy to use, and offers outstanding price/performance. The C 555 L is the ideal microphone for any handsfree application including gymnastics instruction, presentations, or onstage performance. The C 555 L rests securely and comfortably on the head, and can be attached to the left or right side of the behind-the-neck headband as desired. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

Versions C 520 for external phantom powering C 520 L for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

The C 555 L is the only version available and can be used with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

Item numbers: C 520 3066X00050 C 520 L 3066X00060 (6 units multipack version)

Item number: C 555 L 3066H00200 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2 mA C 520: 3-pin male XLR; C 520 ML: 3-pin mini XLR C 520: 3 m (10 ft.); C 520 ML: 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 195 mm (7.7 in.); max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.) C 520: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 380 g (13.4 oz.) C 520 L: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 260 g (9.2 oz.) W 44 B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: cardioid Frequency range: 80 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 35 mV/Pa (-29 dBV) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: 126/130 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter Current consumption: ≤ 2 mA Connector: 3-pin mini XLR Cable: 1.5 m (5 ft.) Finish: matte black Dimensions: length: 195 mm (7.7 in.); max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.) Net/shipping weight: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 260 g (9.2 oz.) Standard accessories: W 444 Optional accessories: B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 36

Theater, Lectern Recording Broadcast

Clip-on microphone for lectern (handsfree use) Houses of worship Recording Theater, onstage miking

145

205

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband and microphone arm • Excellent comfort

• Excellent tool for recording and broadcast applications • Resistant to moisture, perspiration, and salts • Dual-diaphragm transducer for suppression of cable noise

• Dual-diaphragm transducer for cable noise suppression

CK77

• Superior sound, compatible to all popular wireless transmitters

• Compatible with all standard wireless systems • Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

References: GERMANY: Musical Bonifazius

HC 577 L

CK 77 WR

The new AKG HC 577 L has been designed to be invisible in the limelight. It is so small it will virtually disappear on stage or on camera, while providing perfect mobility and pristine audio quality. A patented body design protects the microphone’s dual-diaphragm transducer from moisture and perspiration. Mechanical noise, cable noise, etc. are reduced to a minimum. The microphone uses a CK 77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry standard for lavalier capsules for years and ensures superior audio performance. The HC 577 L uses dual-ear temple pieces for extreme stability and optimum comfort.

Extremely small omnidirectional lavalier microphone. The patented dualdiaphragm capsule has been designed specifically to protect the transducer from moisture and perspiration. The capsule uses two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back and connected out of phase to cancel out mechanical and cable noise, etc. Available versions: C 577 WR black, with phantom adapter CK 77 WR L black, with mini-XLR connector CK 77 WR L/P flesh-tone, with mini-XLR connector Item numbers: C 577 WR CK 77 WR L CK 77 WR L/P

Item number: HC 577 L (Single pack)

5,5

15,5

• Insensitive to moisture, perspiration, and salts

2441Z00310 2441Z00390 2441Z00400

3141Z00010

HC 577 L 3141Z00110 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 20 Hz to 20 kHz 8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 26 dB-A 68 dB ≤3.5 kohms ≥10 kohms 1.5 to 12 V ≤0.6 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) flesh tone 205 mm (8.1 in.), max. diameter: 145 mm (5.7 in.) 28 g (0.99 oz.) / 150 g (5,3 oz.) PB 77, W 77 B, moisture shield B 18, MPA V L, W 77 M/P, W 77 M, W 77

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 8 mV/Pa –42 dBV) 133 dB SPL 26 dB-A 68 dB CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≤3,500 (≤400) ohms) CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≥10,000 (≥2.000) ohms) CK 77 WR: 1.5 to 12 V; C 577 WR: 9 to 52 V to DIN/IEC ≤0,6 mA CK 77 WR: 3 -pin mini XLR “L”, C 577 WR: 3-pin XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) various matte colors 5.5 dia. x 14 mm (0.2 dia. x 0.55 in.) CK 77 WR: 0.4/85 g (0.014/3 oz.) C 577 WR: 0.4/146 g (0.014/5.2 oz.) CK 77 WR: adhesive compound, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77; C 577 WR: adhesive compound, H 39, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77 W 77 M, W 77 M/P, W 77 Set, W 77 M/P Set

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 37

Lavalier Microphones

Clip-on microphone for lectern (handsfree use) Houses of worship

Houses of worship Lectern Tour guide TV, motion picture, video production

• Extremely light, inconspicuous lavalier microphone • Inconspicuous clip-on microphone

• Excellent audio quality across the full bandwith

• Natural, airy sound • High ambient noise rejection

7,5

C 417

CK 99 L

Affordable professional miniature condenser microphone. Its broadband, flat audio reproduction in an omnidirectional format is ideal for all types of broadcast and theatrical applications. The sound is extremely open and natural, making it ideal for wireless or hardwire multi-mic situations. An attachment clip, tiepin and windscreen are supplied with each C 417. C 417 PP: For hardwire applications, with standard XLR connector for phantom powering. C 417 L: With mini XLR connector for use with B 29 L battery operated power supply, MPA V L external phantom power adapter, or AKG WMS bodypack transmitters.

Low-profile, cost efficient clip-on microphone for applications including houses of worship, lecturers, etc. Connects to AKG bodypack transmitters.

Item numbers: C 417 PP C 417 L

The CK 99 L provides a natural sound, with a slight rise above 10 kHz for added clarity. Its cardioid polar pattern and bass rolloff combine to suppress unwanted ambient noise. Item number: CK 99 L

6000H51040

2577X00120 2577X00080

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 17 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 118/126 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2mA C 417 PP: 3-pin XLR, C 417 L: 3-pin mini XLR C 417 PP: 3 m (10 ft.), C 417 L: 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black 7.5 dia. x 15 mm (0.3 x 0.6 in.) C 417 PP: 68/220 g (2.5/8.1 oz.) C 417 L: 8/160 g (0.3/5.9 oz.) H 40/1, H 41, microphone bag, W 407 B 18, for C 417 L: B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

cardioid 15 to 18,000 Hz 8.8 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 118 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 1.5 to 10 VDC or 9 to 52 V phantom power using MPA V L ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.6 m (5 ft. 4 in.) matte black dia.: 8 x 23 mm (0.3 x 0.9 in.) 2.5/115 g (0.08/4 oz.) Clip, W 55

Stage Microphones

1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch_1118_11_3_Stage_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:23 Seite 38

The Perception Live Series First-rate audio for everyone from up-and-coming musicians to seasoned pros Vocal/ Speech Instrument Amp Miking Drums and Percussion • Die cast full metal body • Gold plated XLR pins • Hum compensation coil (P 2 and P 4) • Cardioid and supercardioid polar patterns provide best feedback protection (P 3 S, P 5)

Perception condenser microphones have already found their way onto the stage for live applications. The “Perception Live” series from AKG now offers dedicated tools for all onstage applications, including two new dynamic instrument microphones called the P 2 and P 4 as well as two dynamic vocal microphones, the P 3 S and the P 5, available with or without an on/off switch. The new "Groove Pack" for drum and percussion miking contains a selection of drum and percussion microphones along with all required mounting brackets and clips. Perception microphones provide the perfect answer to all miking needs on stage. Perception does it all.

3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch_080311.qxp:3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch

14.03.2011

19:00 Uhr

Seite 39

Perception Live

Vocals / Speech Amp Miking • Supercardioid polar pattern designed for lead vocals • Rugged wire mesh cap with internal protective wiremesh cap • Die-cast metal body • Complete with stand adapter and zip bag

P5S

The P 5 is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocals. The supercardioid polar pattern guarantees for utmost gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. Its heavy duty metal body will take some tough handling. This microphone is available with or without on/off switch.

Item numbers: P5 P5S

• • • • • • • • •

Detailed information and application notes are available in the new Perception folder:

3100H00110 3100H00120

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Recommended load impedance: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

supercardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 144 dB ≥2,000 ohms length: 190 mm (7.5 in.); diameter 51 mm (2 in.) 200 g (0.44 lbs.) / 240 g (0.53 lbs.) protective bag, SA 45 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 305, ST 45, ST 46, W 23, W 3004, W 880

Stage Microphones

3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch_080311.qxp:3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch

Drums and percussion Instrument amps Wind instruments Live sound • Dynamic microphone designed for drums, percussions, wind instruments and guitar amps • Response tailored for neutral reproduction of instrument sounds

14.03.2011

19:01 Uhr

Seite 40

Backing vocals Live sound • Rugged performance microphone designed for backing vocals and instruments • Rugged wire mesh cap with internal windscreen • Die-cast metal body • Complete with stand adapter and zip bag

• Integrated stand adapter and external bracket • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough stage use • Humbucking coil rejects EMC noises • Complete with carrying case

P3S

The P 4 microphone with its solid metal case will stand up to typical stage use.

The P 3 S microphone is ideal for backing vocals, guitar, wind instruments and many other applications.

An integrated stand adapter and a mounting bracket for snare, tom tom etc. make this microphone highly versatile for use on drums, percussion, wind instruments and guitar amps. Item number: P4

• • • • • •

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Item number: P3S

3100H00130

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Recommended load impedance: Dimensions:

Metal case and wire mesh grill ensure exceptional ruggedness.

cardioid 20 to 16,000 Hz 2.5mV/Pa 157 dB ≥2,000 ohms length: 110 mm (4.3 in.); height: 78 mm (3 in.); diameter: 44 mm (1.7 in.) 400 g (0.88 lbs.) / 450 g (0.99 lbs.) H 440, protective case ST 1, ST 305, ST 45

• • • • • •

3100H00140

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Recommended load impedance: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5mV/Pa 144 dB ≥2,000 ohms length: 191 mm (7.5 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 260 g (0.57 lbs.) / 300 g (0.66 lbs.) protective bag, SA 45 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 305, ST 45, ST 46, W 23, W 3004, W 880

3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch_080311.qxp:3608_09_3_Stage_engl_fsch

14.03.2011

19:01 Uhr

Seite 41

Perception Live

Live sound Bass instruments

Drums Percussion

• Dynamic microphone designed for low-pitched instruments

• Complete drum-kit microphone pack

• Powerful sound with great bass range

• Roadworthy in a rugged aluminium carrying case

• Handles highest sound pressure levels

• Comes complete with all microphone clamps and stand adapters

• Integrated stand adapter • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough stage use • Humbucking coil rejects EMC noises • Complete with carrying case

Groove Pack

Rugged all metal microphone for bass instruments such as bass drum, trombone or bass amplifier.

AKG’s Groove Pack is a start-up kit for drummers. It contains 6 microphones from the new Perception live series:

It delivers powerful sound with a high energy low end.

Item number: P2

1 x P 2 bass microphone 2 x P 17* for overheads 3 x P 4 for toms and snare 3100H00150

This complete set comes in a protective aluminium carrying case. *P 17 is technically identical to P 170 and not available as a single unit. Item numbers: Groove Pack

• • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Recommended load impedance: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

3100H00200

cardioid 20 to 16,000 Hz 2.5mV/Pa 152 dB ≥2,000 ohms length: 130 mm (5.11 in.); height: 132 mm (5.19 in.); diameter: 60 mm (2.36 in.) 400 g (0.88 lbs.) / 450 g (0.99 lbs.) carrying case ST 1, ST 305, ST 45

Stage Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 42

Gooseneck Microphones Reference Projects

Architectural Microphone Series Architectural Microphones

Modular Series Installation, System Description Modular Series GN Series GN E Series GN ESP Series GN E 5Pin Series HM 1000, GN 155 Set CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47, CK 80

49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57

99er Series Introduction, CGN 99 C/S, CGN 99 C/L CGN 99 H/S, CGN 99 H/L, CHM 99 DGN 99, DGN 99 E, DST 99 S CK 99 L, CBL 99

58 59 60 61

Shotgun and Boundary Layer Microphones C 747 V11 C 547 BL CROWN PCC®-160 CROWN PZM®-30D CROWN PZM®-6D CROWN PCC®-170, CROWN PCC®-130/130 SW CROWN PZM®-185, CROWN Sound Grabber II CROWN MB 3, CROWN MB 4 C 562 CM, CROWN PZM®-10/10LL CROWN PZM®-11, CROWN PZM®-11LLWR C 568 B CK 98

62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73

Microphone Mixers AMM 10 DMM 4/2/2 DMM 4/2/4

74 76 77

Conference System CS 5 Introduction CS 5 BU CS 5 DU, CS 5 VU CS 5 IU, CS 5 IRT/CS 5 IRT 2 CS 5 IRR7, CS 5 CU50

78 80 81 82 83

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 43

Installed

Microphones

Creating sound systems that ensure optimum intelligibility even in difficult acoustic environments is a major challenge to innovative designers. AKG offers products at several budget levels that are easy to install and unobtrusive in appearance providing premium AKG solutions to help designers meet their unique challenges.

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 44

C O

C S

Installed Sound

S P

Intelligent, high-performance sound systems have become a prerequisite for any kind of event today where intelligibility and excellent sound are of paramount importance. Regardless of the scale of an event, the acoustics of a venue, or the type of sound system to be designed, AKG has the right products. It is obvious that the acoustical requirements of a stadium differ greatly from those of a place of worship, a theater, or a business conference. AKGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s experience gained in more than six descades of successful activities in the professional audio industry will help you find the best solutions for your application. C

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 45

Installed Sound

China

Serbia

Switzerland

Syria

Office of the Telecommunication Authority, Hong Kong

NLB Bank in Belgrad

SWX Swiss Exchange in Zurich

Opera House in Damascus

China

Poland

Thailand

USA

St. Anthony Church, Hong Kong

Regional Administration Office in Poznań

Academy Fantasia, Bangkok

County Council Chambers, Los Alamos, New Mexico

Switzerland

Germany

Angola

Norway

Parliament in Bern

Düsseldorfer Landtag

Parliament in Luanda

Conference Centre in Stord

USA

Austria

Canada

USA

CourtSmart Courtroom, Massachussetts

Bank Austria in Downtown Vienna

Ministère de la Justice du Québec

Ford Motor Company, Regional Trade Show Displays, Dearborn, Michigan

Photo: ©Thomas Telley, Aebi & Vincent Architekten SIA AG

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 46

Legislative assembly, conference center Lecture hall, lectern House of worship Boardroom Courtroom

Design your own mic Architectural Microphone Series •

High resistance to RF interference

•

Gold sputtered ultra-low mass diaphragms

•

Switchable bass cut filter and preattenuation pad

•

Bayonet coupling system with self-cleaning contacts

•

3 different polar patterns to match different room acoustics

•

Flat frequency response for excellent acoustic performance

•

More than 6,840 different body styles for unlimited freedom of design

Architectural Series microphones will match any interior design perfectly. A variety of capsule body styles, goosenecks in selectable lengths, various colors and finishes are available, a range of mounting modules allow proper installation. It has never been so easy to design a sound system that blends in perfectly with any architecture! Architectural Series microphones use the same transducers as the classic AKG Blue Line microphones famous for ruler-flat frequency response, low self-noise, and consistent studio-grade polar patterns. The Architectural Series includes three highly accurate transducers, a cardioid, an omni, and a hypercardioid. All capsules use the tried and tested bayonet coupling of the AKG Blue Line Series. It allows every capsule to be replaced quickly and easily if, for instance, a different pickup pattern is required for acoustical reasons. The self-cleaning contacts of the bayonet coupling maintain perfect signal integrity even after years of use in hostile environments. Architectural Series goosenecks are the same proven modules as those available for the Discreet Acoustics Modular Series. Each gooseneck must pass extremely severe quality tests designed to ensure that the gooseneck will bend precisely to the desired shape and resist unintentional bending. A complete line of mounting and installation accessories makes installing and positioning the microphones child's play at any venue. All shock mounts are made of a special rubber mixture with a high damping factor for reliable minimization of mechanical noise.

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 47

Gooseneck Microphones Step 1: Select the pickup pattern. Three high quality Blue Line Series studio microphone capsules with different pickup patterns have been specifically styled for the Architectural Series to provide the perfect choice for any kind of room acoustics and every microphone position. Blue Line microphones are used by professionals in the motion picture, recording, broadcasting, and sound reinforcement industries worldwide. Their ultra-light diaphragms reduce mechanical noise to a minimum. High rejection of RF and electromagnetic interference make these capsules ideal tools for every application.

CK 92: Omnidirectional

Omni capsule with smooth, well-balanced sound.

Read more about the Blue Line Series on page 16/17. CK 91: Cardioid

CK 93: Hypercardioid

Consistent cardioid polar pattern and high off-axis rejection throughout frequency range.

Consistent hypercardioid polar pattern, high off-axis rejection throughout frequency range.

Step 2: Select the body style. Each capsule is available in five different body styles from soberly geometrical to softer, rounder shapes, so Architectural Series microphones will perfectly match any environment. Responding to the needs and imagination of architects and designers, all Architectural Series capsule modules are available in five different body styles. Here are some examples:

Capsule • Type: • Frequency range: • Polar pattern: • Sensitivity @ 1000 Hz: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions:

CK 91

CK 92 CK 93 Prepolarized condenser microphone 20 Hz to 20 kHz 20 Hz to 20 kHz 20 Hz to 20 kHz Cardioid Omnidirectional Hypercardioid 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) -17 dB-A -17 dB-A -17 dB-A 132 dB 132 dB 132 dB 77 dB 77 dB 77 dB <200 ohms <200 ohms <200 ohms >1000 ohms >1000 ohms >1000 ohms 9 to 52 VDC phantom power 9 to 52 VDC phantom power 9 to 52 VDC phantom power Depending on selected connector module Selectable Depending on selected gooseneck model and capsule body style

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 48

Step 3: Select the gooseneck installation module. Installation requirements and possibilities vary from venue to venue. For mobile use on a table stand, permanent installation in a conference table, with an automatic microphone mixer, or on a discussion system microphone station, the Architectural Series installation modules provide a perfect solution for every application.

The programmable switch can be configured with a variety of applications using jumpers. Possible functions are: On/Off Push-to-Talk Push-to-Mute Naturally the LED ring and bass cut can also be activated and deactivated on an individual basis.

3 or 5-pin XLR module (E type):

All modules of the 3 and 5-pin versions are supplied with an integral connector. The 5-pin XLR connector is used for the separate transmission of audio and control signals for the lighting ring.

Step 4: Select a gooseneck. To ensure optimum audio quality, the microphone capsule needs to be placed as close to the talker's mouth as possible. The closer the microphone sits to the sound source, the higher the usable gain before feedback will be and the less unwanted noise will be picked up. No matter whether you will mount the microphone on a lectern or conference table, the Architectural Series provides a gooseneck of suitable length. All you need to do is specify the required length when ordering.

3-pin XLR module with switch (ESP type):

The programmable mute switch means that these modules are suitable for a wide variety of applications. Flush mount module:

The particularly elegant look of the Flash Mount module makes it perfect for installation in desktops.

Online Configurator: Designing your personal mic was never so much fun! It is very easy to assemble your individual gooseneck microphone with the online configurator: Select the acoustics, design and required technology for your project and see the results immediately.

Step 5: Select the color or finish. Architectural Series microphones are available in different colours and finishes and fit in perfectly with any environment. Here are some examples:

RAL 8023

RAL 8016

RAL 8011

RAL 7032

RAL 7024

RAL 7016

RAL 6029

RAL 6000

RAL 5012

RAL 5002

RAL 4008

RAL 3003

RAL 2000

RAL 1013

RAL 1004

Gold plated

Chrome plated

Silk white

Silk black

â&#x20AC;Ś

www.akg.com

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 49

Gooseneck Microphones

GN-Series: Installation Standard installation hardware For permanent installation, a 3/8" screw is mounted from below. Two supplied rubber buffers reduce structure-borne noise. The screw requires a 14 mm (0.6 in.) opening.

Hidden cable duct

Tabletop installation

Optional installation hardware MF-DA Mounting flange The MF-DA mounting flange is the modular solution for situations where it is impractical to fix a gooseneck from below. The rugged, all-metal MF-DA can be screwed on permanently and allows you to route the cable above or below the tabletop. This installation method is very popular for altars and lecterns.

MF-DA

Optional installation hardware ST 45 Table stand The ST 45 table stand is the modular solution for mobile applications or installations where supporting surfaces must not be changed. GN Series goosenecks screw directly onto the ST 45. Rugged construction and shock absorbing rubber feet ensure optimum stability and reduce footfall noise. ST 45

GN E + GN ESP-Series: Installation PS 3 F-LOCK Classic theft-proof fixture for easy, material-friendly installation. Required mounting hole: 17 mm (0.7 in.) Theft-proof lock

ST 45 + SA 60 For easiest installation and takedown of mobile sound systems, the ST 45 table stand can be teamed up with the SA 60 stand adapter. The massive base plate and shockabsorbing rubber feet eliminate footfall noise.

H 600 The H 600 offers optimum attenuation of structure-borne noise, high flexibility, and a theft-proof lock. Required mounting hole: 53 mm (2.1 in.) Including reduction socket A 608

H 500 The H 500 is the most cost efficient solution for easy installation and takedown of sound systems. Required mounting hole: 50 mm (2 in.)

ST 1 + SA 60 The ST 1 table stand can be teamed up with the SA 60 stand adapter. It is especially useful for uneven surfaces where the ST 45 base plate cannot be used.

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 50

Modular Series Fully modular system for maximum requirements The Modular Series from AKG Acoustics is being used worldwide and has proven its worth for many years. It brilliantly fulfils the three key requirements that are essential for sound system applications.

Low profile: The extremely compact design and matte finish underscore the inconspicuous appearance of the Modular Series. The low-profile installation modules ensure quick setup and takedown of all versions of the Modular Series.

Modularity: Depending on the specific purpose, “special wishes” can often be fulfilled only by modular systems. The Modular Series offers a choice of five capsule modules with different polar patterns and frequency responses. A wide range of goosenecks and installation modules is also available. Besides, there are special-purpose modules for applications that are not covered by any other products available. They can be used as wireless or lavalier microphones as well as for single-user applications.

The excellent response and extremely good intelligibility make the Modular Series the first choice whenever quality and reliability have top priority. Small wonder that decision makers all over the world appreciate AKG as a professional partner.

Reliability: A wide range of features minimizes the risk of operating errors, material fatigue, or signal dropouts. The LED ring and self-cleaning gold-plated contacts for the threaded connections are standard, the switchable bass rolloff filter too.

The deep groove of the thread prevents the capsule from being misaligned.

Added reliability: maximum contact area The size of the contact area between the microphone capsule and the gooseneck determines the reliability of the entire installation. Instead of the failure-prone conventional point contacts, all Modular Series products use large-area, selfcleaning gold plated contacts that engage in groove-andtongue fashion. In addition, a hard, rugged thread stabilizes the

joint. The extremely deep groove of the thread prevents misalignment and ensures long useful life of all Modular Series products even if they are used in installations that are frequently reconfigured or in mobile systems. A seemingly small detail, this feature will make your work definitely easier.

Long strips of self-cleaning, gold plated contacts fit together seamlessly.

Added reliability: tested for stability A high quality gooseneck bends precisely into the desired shape and is resistant to inadvertent readjustment. This stability of shape depends entirely on consistent resilience of the springs inside the gooseneck. Therefore, all Modular Series Gooseneck Modules are subjected to a rigorous quali-

ty test during which they are bent into extreme shapes and must keep their shape until bent again. Any gooseneck that does not pass this test is rejected immediately.

Added reliability: useful indicator LED All Installation Modules provide an LED ring. A world first, it uses special circuitry to operate off standard phantom power or a separate power supply. The LED ring indicates system status:

• Off: If none of the above functions is desired, the LED ring can be deactivated. In this mode, it is practically invisible.

• Mic on: The LED ring glows to indicate that the system has been wired correctly and phantom power is on. Thus, the operator will know at a glance whether the hardware has been installed correctly. There is no need to test each microphone.

Mic On

Added reliability: hidden controls The phantom power adapter contains two jumpers that let you activate a 250 Hz bass rolloff and deactivate the LED ring. Since the jumpers are hidden inside the adapter case they cannot be realigned unintentionally.

Hidden inside the case, the two jumpers are protected from unintentional misalignment.

Off

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 51

Gooseneck Microphones

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Rugged construction • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules • Integrated LED ring status indicator 500

• Integrated switchable bass rolloff

160

305

• Attached XLR connector or unterminated cable ends Some References: SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall CHINA: Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department NEW ZEALAND: Parliament NORWAY: Froland Church, Stord Conference Centre

GN 50

GN 15

GN 30

GN Series For permanent screw-on installation, AKG offers goosenecks in various lengths: GN 15: approx. 15 cm (6 in.); GN 30: approx. 30 cm (12 in.); GN 50: approx. 50 cm (20 in.). Except for the GN 30 oc with unterminated cable ends, all come with a DPA in-line XLR phantom power adapter with integrated 250 Hz bass rolloff and LED ON/OFF jumper. The DPA connects to any standard mixer input with 9 to 52 V power supply. The mini XLR connector will thread through any hole from 11 mm (0.44 in.) in diameter. This eliminates the need for large holes or awkward unsoldering and resoldering of the much larger phantom power adapter during installation. Standard accessory: Phantom power adapter The external phantom power adapter of the GN series makes setting up the goosenecks much easier, since a small hole will suffice for threading through a mini XLR connector. Having disconnected the cable, the integrated bass cut can be set quite easily inside the phantom power adapter. The phantom power adapter will operate off any available phantom power supply from 9 to 52 V, powering both the condenser capsule and the LED ring.

GN 15 Item numbers: GN 15 GN 30 GN 30 OC GN 50

GN 30

GN 50

2765H00010 2765H00030 2765H00050 2765H00080

Standard installation hardware included

• • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR; GN 30 OC: stripped and tinned leads 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 160/305/500 mm (6.3/12/20 in.) 72/400 g (2.5/14.1 oz.), 110/522 g (3.9/18.4 oz.), 120/495 g (4.2/17.5 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter, screw set with rubber bush B 18, MF-DA installation flange, H 600, ST 1, ST 45

Installed Microphones

3608_09_4_Installed_engl_fsch_neu.qxp:3608_09_4_Installed_engl_fsch

14.03.2011

18:40 Uhr

Seite 52

Some References:

235

380

SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall CHINA: Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department NEW ZEALAND: Parliament NORWAY: Froland Church

GN 50

GN 15 GN 30

GN E Series

MADE IN AUSTRIA

All E-Series modules come with an integrated connector for quick setup and takedown.The goosenecks are available in various lengths. GN 15 E: 23.5 cm (9.2 in.); GN 30 E: 38 cm (15 in.); GN 50 E: 57.2 cm (22.3 in.). Of course the GN E series also has an integrated 250 Hz bass rolloff filter and LED ON/OFF jumper. Optimum suppression of structure-borne noise An essential feature of the installation hardware described below is the attenuation of structure-borne noise that prevents the transmission of unwanted noise (footfall etc.). The amount of attenuation is determined by the material mix of the rubber shock mount. Modular Series installation modules use a mixture that is extremely efficient at frequencies below 250 Hz (e.g., knocking noise). Unlike standard rubber mixturees (fig.1) that respond to vibrations very slowly, the special AKG rubber mixture (fig. 2) absorbs vibrations practically immediately. This prevents successive shocks from adding up. This rubber mixture is used in the H 600 and H 500.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

GN 15 E

Item numbers: GN 15 E GN 30 E GN 50 E

• • • • • • • •

2765H00020 2765H00040 2765H00090

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 235/380/572 mm (9/14.9/22.3 in.) 112/396 g (3.9/13.9 oz.), 160/530 g (5.6/18.7 oz.), 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter (integrated) B 18, H 500, H 600, PS 3 F-lock, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

GN 30 E

GN 50 E

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:36 Seite 53

Gooseneck Microphones

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Paging Applications • Programmable mute switch • High RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) immunity • Rugged construction • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules 600

• Integrated LED ring status indicator • Integrated, gold-plated XLR connector

GN ESP Series

260

405

• Integrated, switchable bass cut

The new GN ESP Series features a programmable mute switch to cover a wide range of applications. A bank of jumpers makes it easy to select the desired switch function for every situation: • on/off • push-to-talk • push-to-mute The mode selection jumpers are hidden inside the housing so they cannot be realigned unintentionally. An LED Ring provides a clearly visible MIC ON/OFF indication. The bank of jumpers also allows the LED Ring and the integrated bass rolloff filter to be enabled or disabled. In addition, the new electronic circuit design provides high immunity to radio-frequency interference. Programmable Mute Switch

Item numbers: GN 15 ESP GN 30 ESP GN 50 ESP

• • • • • • • •

GN 15 ESP

GN 30 ESP

GN 50 ESP

2765H00450 2765H00460 2765H00470

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB bei 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3.5 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 260/405/600 m (10.2/15.9/23.6 in.) 140/430 g (4.9/15.2 oz.), 184/516 g (6.5/18.2 oz.), 194/573 g (6.8/20.2 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter (integrated) B 18, H 500, H 600, PS 3 F-lock, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

Installed Microphones

3608_09_4_Installed_engl_fsch_neu.qxp:3608_09_4_Installed_engl_fsch

14.03.2011

18:37 Uhr

Seite 54

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Gooseneck with gold-plated 5Pin XLR connector • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Extra large controllable LED ring

572

• Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules

380

• Integrated switchable bass cut

Some References: 235

SWITZERLAND: SWX Swiss Exchange, Zurich

GN E 5Pin Series Similar to the GN E Modules, the GN E 5Pin Modules come with an integrated connector with phantom power adapter. One special feature is the 5-pin XLR connector, which ensures that the extra-large LED ring can be activated and deactivated using a separate power supply, e.g., a Logic out from any automatic mixer. The LED ring is extra large for enhanced visibility. Of course the GN E 5Pin also has the same features as all Modular Series installation modules, such as a gold-plated thread for screwing on the capsule, integrated switchable bass cut, and extremely strong joints that will withstand the toughest kind of usage. 5-pin connector The 5-pin XLR connector allows the audio signal and the control voltage for the LED ring to be fed separately. Connector pinout 1 – Audio ground 2 – LED ring + 3 – Audio inphase 4 – LED ring – 5 – Audio return Item numbers GN 15 E 5Pin GN 30 E 5Pin GN 50 E 5Pin

GN 15 E 5Pin

2765H00390 2765H00400 2765H00410

5-pin XLR connector

• • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight

• Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 5-pin male XLR matte dark grey 20 Ø x 235/380/572 mm, (0.8 Ø x 9/14.9/22.4 in.) 112/396 g (3.9/13.9 oz.) 160/530 g (5.6/18.7 oz.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.) H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

GN 30 E 5Pin

GN 50 E 5Pin

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 55

Gooseneck Microphones

Conference Houses of worship Surveillance Theater, onstage miking

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Elegant floor stand

• Hanging module with rugged thread connection and self-cleaning, gold plated contacts

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

• Compatible with all Discreet Acoustics Modular capsules

• Integrated LED ring

• Integrated switchable LED ring

• Screw-on extension tube

• Rugged all-metal construction

1490

• Integrated bass rolloff filter Some References:

• Rugged all-metal construction

USA: Austrian Embassy in Washington AUSTRIA: Kaiserebersdorf Parish

• Non-reflective anthracite finish • 95° pickup angle

107

110

Some References:

NORWAY: Stord Conference Centre 13,5

HM 1000 Using microphones flown from the ceiling to record music or speech in houses of worship, conference rooms, or on theater stages is becoming more and more popular. A 10 m (33 ft.) special cable that is treated specially to reduce twisting to a minimum even if the temperature varies and a spring steel hanging clamp for precise microphone alignment will keep the microphone securely in its position. A switchable LED ring helps the sound engineer to check system function during the soundcheck.

Item number: HM 1000

GN 155 Set Elegant gooseneck module with integrated LED ring status indicator and heavy, shock-mounted floor stand in matte gray finish for use with all Discreet Acoustics capsule modules. Suitable for standalone use on stage or placed in front of a lectern. Two flexible gooseneck sections allow optimum alignment with users in different positions. A supplied screw-on extension tube can be used to raise the microphone for tall users. The attached 10 m (33 ft.) cable with XLR phantom power adapter is long enough to reach the edge of most stages without using an extension cable. Excellent for use as a lectern microphone in houses of worship, meeting halls, etc.

Item number: GN 155 Set

2765H00100

2765H00180

GN 155 Choir*

WMS 450/155 Choir*

Compatible with all Discreet Acoustics Modular Capsules.

This combines the best of the WMS 450 wireless system with the GN 155 Choir for specialized wireless choir mic applications.

*Available only in the USA. For more details please visit www.akg.com/usa

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current Consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.) matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 50 mm (0.5 dia. x 2.0 in.) 400/600 g (14.1 oz./1.3 lbs.) spring steel hanging clamp B 18

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current Consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimension: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.) matte dark grey 180 x 1,490 mm (7.1 in. x 4 ft. 11 in.) 3.6/4.8 kg (8/10.6 lbs.) ST 305, extension tube B 18

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 56

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

Recording Surveillance

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

• Screw-on Capsule module • Omnidirectional polar pattern

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Wide frequency range

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

• 360° pickup angle

• Suited for use in acoustically critical rooms/situations

• Highly efficient windscreen

• Wide pickup angle

• Highly efficient windscreen 20

• Cardioid polar pattern

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Suited for recording or surveillance use

• Highly efficient windscreen

• Wide frequency range

• 125° pickup angle 13,5

13,5

Some References:

CHINA: Hong Kong Office of the Telecommunication Authority, Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department GERMANY: Hannover Town Hall NEW ZEALAND: Parliament Building, Wellington SWITZERLAND: SWX, Swiss Exchange, Zurich

SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall

13,5

• 95° pickup angle Some References: CANADA: Ministère Justice, Québec GERMANY: Bavarian State Chancellery USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington AUSTRIA: St. Martin's Cathedral, Eisenstadt

CK 31

CK 32

CK 33

Capsule modules have been designed for a wide range of applications in fixed or temporary sound systems and provide excellent audio as well as high gain before feedback. These rugged capsules provide a choice of polar patterns and can be combined as needed to obtain the optimum solution for every application. The CK 31 is the perfect choice for any application where more than one person would use the microphone or the user would talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

The CK 32 is used primarily for recording or surveillance applications.

The CK 33 has been designed primarily for use in acoustically critical rooms/situations.

Due to its high sensitivity in all directions, the CK 32 omnidirectional capsule is an excellent choice for all applications requiring ambience pickup. The body is identical to that of the CK 31 and CK 33.

Due to the narrow 95° pickup angle, the hypercardioid polar pattern is a good choice for all situations when noise typically arrives from the sides especially in houses of worship, where people talk into the microphone from greater distances, or where several talkers are grouped side by side. The body is identical to that of the CK 31 and CK 32.

Item number: CK 31

2765H00210

Item number: CK 33

2765X00220

2765H00200

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

Item number: CK 32

cardioid 50 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 14 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB ≤600 ohms ≤2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

hypercardioid 50 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≤2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 57

Capsule Modules

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

• Provides optimum audio for speech miking

• Provides excellent intelligibility in acoustically difficult environments

• Studio quality directional design

• Directional design

• Wide frequency range

• Speech optimized frequency response

• 80° pickup angle

Some References: USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington, CourtSmart 130

123

153 146

Some References: GERMANY: Düsseldorf Land Parliament SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall NORWAY: Froland Church

CK 47

13,5

The CK 47 combines an 80° pickup angle, studio quality audio, and clean off-axis response. It is an ideal tool wherever studio-standard sound quality is required or for inexperienced talkers. The CK 47 comes complete with a W 70 windscreen.

CK 80

13,5

An 80° pickup angle and speech optimized frequency response provide excellent intelligibility in acoustically critical environments. Its outstanding price/performance ratio is just as convincing as its sound and high gain before feedback. Complete with W 80 windscreen.

Item number: CK 47

2765Z00230

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

Item number: CK 80

hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 16.5 mV/Pa (-36 dBV) 133 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 5.7 in.) 39/248 g (1.4/8.7 oz.) W 70

2765Z00240

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

hypercardioid 60 to 15,000 Hz 30 mV/Pa (-30 dBV) 125 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 4.8 in.) 15/208 g (0.5/7.3 oz.) W 80

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 58

99er Series The quick & affordable solution for any sound system

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Cardioid polar pattern

• Budgets met

• 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long

• Subsequent changes made easy

• 125° pickup angle

• Architects’ and engineers’ specifications available via smartphone

• Especially suited for inexperienced talkers

• Time saved

• Connects easily via gold-plated XLR connector

The integrated capsule A special feature of the 99er Series is that the gooseneck seneck and microphone capsule psule form an inseparable unit. The rugged metal front grill is joined permanently too the gooseneck, the contacts ts inside are soldered. This protects the delicate ate condenser capsule against nst mechanical stress and electromagnetic interference, ence, and ensures maximum reliability and excellent audio.

380

Selecting microphones for sound installations is a complex task. Most systems require many different microphones that need to be matched carefully. Discussing the matter, AKG development engineers came up with a fascinating thought. Wouldn’t it make sense to have a line where each product had the same price? The result was the AKG 99er Series, a combination of time-tested high-end studio and Installed Sound microphones, all meeting the highest standards. AKG products have enjoyed an outstanding reputation for quality worldwide and are used every day in studios, on stages, or at conference centers. The AKG 99er Series makes planning for installed sound projects easier than ever. All 99ers having the same price, all you have to do is balance the number of microphones needed against the available budget. You can make any changes later on without changing the budget as long as you replace a 99er with another 99er model. Planning and discussions with clients now take much less time. With the 99ers, your job has never been easier – have fun!

580

• Planning simplified

CGN 99 C/S

CGN 99 C/L

The basis The gooseneck foot features an XLR connector ctor with gold-plated contacts, cts, making connecting and mounting incredibly easy. sy. The metal case also houses the electronic components of the microphone. The extrastrong flexible section lets you position the microphone precisely as required.

The cardioid polar pattern is the most popular because its uses are almost limitless. The 125° pickup angle is especially suited for inexperienced or very “vivacious” talkers who often fail to talk directly into the microphone. The choice of two different lengths and the flexible joint ensure optimum alignment of the gooseneck to any talker position. Numerous options for installation are available, such as mounting on a stand or tabletop, while optional accessories include a lockable mounting fixture. Item numbers: CGN 99 C/S CGN 99 C/L

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2965H00110 2965H00130

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte black 13.5 Ø x 380/580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.) CGN 99 C/S: 160/480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 99 C/L: 170/500 g (6/17.7 oz.) windscreen B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 59

The 99ers Conferencee Houses of worship Lectern Surveillance ce

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Hypercardioid polar pattern

• Condenser Hanging ing Microphone

• 95° pickup angle

ern • Cardioid polar pattern

• For acoustically difficult environments

• 10 m (33 ft.) cable

• 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long

580

13,5

teel clamp • Integrated spring steel for optimum alignment ment

• 125° pickup angle

Length of cable: 10 m

110 19

380

• Especially suited forr choir recordings

• Connects easily via gold-plated XLR connector

CGN 99 H/S

CGN 99 H/L

The hypercardioid polar pattern with its narrow 95° pickup angle is suited best for situations where noise typically occurs from all sides (particularly in houses of worship), where people talk into the microphone from a greater distance, or where several talkers are grouped side by side. Two different lengths are available. The flexible joint ensures optimum alignment of the gooseneck to any talker position. Several options are available for installation, i.e., stand, tabletop installation, and lockable.

Item numbers: CGN 99 H/S CGN 99 H/L

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

The new CHM 99 Condenser Hanging Microphone provides both ease of use and a high level of functionality. There is hardly any more affordable and simpler solution for recording choirs at worship centers. Suspended from the ceiling or a beam, the hanging microphone is aligned and then fixed in the correct position. Now use the spring steel clamp to adjust the correct angle, and off you go! The CHM 99 is available in white or black.

Item number: CHM 99 black CHM 99 white

2965H00120 2965H00140

CHM 9999

hypercardioid 50 to 19,000 Hz 12 mV/Pa (-38 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR black 13.5 Ø x 380/580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.) CGN 99 HS: 160/480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 99 HL: 170/500 g (6/17.7 oz.) windscreen B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

• • • • • • • • • • • •

2965H00150 2965H00160

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.)

• Finish: matte black or white • Dimensions: 13.5 Ø x 55 mm (0.5 Ø x 2.1 in.) • Net/shipping weight: 20/480 g (0.7/17 oz.) • Standard accessories: windscreen • Optional accessories: B 18

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 60

Houses of worship Ticket window Reception desk

Paging systems Ticket window Reception desk Restaurant

• Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

• PA Microphone with rugged, all-metal body

• Long useful life even in tough day-to-day usage

• Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

• Frequency response tailored to speech use

• Long useful life even in tough day-to-day usage

345

• PA Microphone with rugged, all-metal body

120

300

• Frequency response tailored to speech use

160

DGN 99 DGN 99 E

DST 99 S

Rugged, affordable dynamic cardioid gooseneck microphone for general public address and communications use. The DGN 99 provides a frequency response tailored to speech use for optimum intelligibility as well as good offaxis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. The all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone even in tough day-to-day use.

Rugged, affordable dynamic cardioid gooseneck microphone for general public address and communications use. The DST 99 S provides a frequency response tailored to speech use for optimum intelligibility as well as good offaxis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. The all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone even in tough day-to-day use. The DST 99 S is mounted on a table stand with an on/off switch and coiled cable with 3-pin XLR connector.

Item numbers: DGN 99 DGN 99 E

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector:

• Cable: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Optional accessories:

Item number: DST 99 S

6000H51010 6000H51020

cardioid 150 to 15,000 Hz 2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV) 133 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤530 ohms ≥2,000 ohms unterminated cable ends DGN 99 E: 3-pin male XLR DGN 99: 2 m (6 ft., 4 in.) matte black microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.) DGN 99: 275/422 g (9.6/14.8 oz.) DGN 99 E: 285/334 g (10.0/11.7 oz.) DGN 99 E: PS 3 F-Lock

• • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H51030

• Net/shipping weight:

cardioid 150 to 15,000 Hz 2.2 mV/Pa (–54 dBV) 133 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤530 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin male XLR approx. 50 to 100 cm (20 to 40 in.), coiled matte black microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.); table stand (l x w x h): 160 x 120 x 65 mm (6.3 x 4.7 x 2.5 in.) 805/1,125 g (1.8/2.5 lbs.)

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 61

The 99ers

Houses of worship Lectern Tour guide Theater

Recording Houses of worship Conference Theater • Extremely small and inconspicuous, lightweight yet rugged

• Inconspicuous clip-on microphone • Natural, airy sound • High ambient noise rejection

• Delivers superior sound combined with outstanding ease of use • High sensitivity and low self-noise ensures generous headroom

CK 99 L

CBL 99

Low-profile, cost efficient clip-on microphone for applications including houses of worship, lecturers, etc. Connects to AKG bodypack transmitters. The CK 99 L provides a natural sound, with a slight rise above 10 kHz for added clarity. Its cardioid polar pattern and bass rolloff combine to suppress unwanted ambient noise.

The CBL 99 is a high-quality boundary microphone designed to deliver superior results for a multitude of recording applications. The boundary layer technique is well-known for recording and offers non-directional pickup that is frequencyindependent. Succeeding the proven CBL 99, the CBL 99 is small, lightweight and easy to place. No stand is needed. Since the transducer sits in a metal plate only 5 mm (0.2 in) thick, the plate doesn’t interfere with or color the sound. Frequency response is very uniform within its hemisphere and it captures the “room sound’’ of an instrument very accurately. Easy to use and sonically versatile, the CBL 99 is a great addition to the “mic locker’’ of any studio.

Item number: CK 99 L

Item number: CBL 99

6000H51040

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

cardioid 15 to 18,000 Hz 8.8 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 118 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB 200 ohms 2,000 ohms 1.5 to 10 VDC or 9 to 52 V phantom power using MPA V L ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.6 m (5 ft. 4 in.) matte black dia.: 8 x 23 mm (0.3 x 0.9 in.) 2.5/115 g (0.08/4 oz.) Clip, W 55

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2762X00110

Polar pattern: omnidirectional (hemispherical) Frequency range: 20 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 130 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 16 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 78 dB Bass cut filter: switchable flat or 150 Hz, 12 dB/octave Impedance: ≤600 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2,000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power Current consumption: ≤2 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Cable: 3 m (10 ft.) conn. cable with XLR connector, fixed Finish: matte black Dimensions: 80 dia. x 5 (10) mm (3.1 x 0.2/0.4 in.) Net/shipping weight: 56 g (2 oz.) (without cable) Standard accessories: adhesive compound Optional accessories: B 18

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 62

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Theater Onstage miking Broadcast and recording • Immune to RF interference • Speech optimized frequency range • Enhanced hypercardioid polar pattern • High SPL capability • Premium microphone for ubiquitous application

AKG C 747

137

PA 621 PHANTOM POWER ADAPTER FOR 9 TO 52 VOLTS AUSTRIA

110

C 747 V11

19 9

A History of Sound: The C 747, the so called „pencil microphone“, was first built in 1987. Due to its excellent technical specifications, especially the wide and flat frequency range, it was used for the recording of all kinds of musical instruments. Because of its brilliant sound reproduction and its inconspicuous optical appearance, it was quickly known as an ideal overhead microphone. This is one of many reasons why this microphone found its way into a great number of Broadcast Stations, Recording Studios, Theatres, Opera Houses, Churches, Conference Rooms and Lecture Halls. Another big advantage of the C 747 is that the microphone will not change the sound or level too much even when the person speaking is moving a lot. So it came that the C 747 finally found its way into installed sound systems as a perfect speech and lectern microphone. The C 747 is now one of the most versatile mi crophones in the AKG product range and over the years it has been available in various versions and model types such as hanging module, capsule for modular gooseneck microphones and in a boundary layer microphone. What’s New in V11: As it is more and more used in conference applications, we carefully redesigned the C 747 to better cope with some specific installed sound issues. The new C 747 V11 will have an integrated RFi shield to block out unwanted interference by mobile pho nes, wireless mics and the like. Also we have fine tuned the frequency response to give especially the spoken word an outstanding presence, without changing the flavour of the classic C 747 sound. An enhanced polar pattern provides consistent off-axis rejection to control ambient noise and feedback in acoustically difficult environments. This makes the C 747 V11 an excellent choice for noisy discussion groups or reverberant pulpits while it is forgiving enough to clear ly pick up talkers moving around in front of the microphone. A switchable LF roll-off filter suppresses mechanical noise. The low-impedance transformerless preamp operates on 9 to 52 V phantom power. The C 747 V11 ships with an extensive accessory set including a shock mount/adapter, mini gooseneck, stand adapter, mounting clamp, thread link, and windscreen.

Item number: C 747 V11

• • • • • • • • • • • •

2226Z00110

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

hypercardioid 30 to 18,000 Hz 8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 32 dB-A 73 dB 12 dB/octave at 150 Hz ≤400 ohms ≥1,500 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR

• • • • •

Cable: Finish: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3 m (10 ft.) stage blue 25/750 g (0.9 oz./1.7 lbs.) H 47, MSH 70, SA 47, SHZ 80, W 70 B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 63

Shotgun and Boundary Layer Microphones

Houses of worship Lectern Theater Onstage miking • “Non-crush” case • Inconspicuous and rugged • Hypercardioid polar pattern • Easy to repaint

185

120

C 547 BL Hypercardioid, studio-quality boundary layer microphone with rugged, “non-crush” case and switchable bass-cut filter for reducing footfall noise, ideal for tough on-stage assignments. Other benefits include optimum acoustic properties, high directivity, and neutral sound. Having the same frequency response, the C 547 BL can be combined with the CK 47 with excellent results. Primarily designed for use in houses of worship, theaters, and conferencing, the C 547 BL is also a good choice for miking kick drums and other instruments.

Item numbers: C 547 BL

• • • • • • • • • • • •

2447Z00010

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

hypercardioid 30 to 18,000 Hz 8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB 12 dB/octave at 150 Hz ≤400 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR

• • • • • •

Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3 m (10 ft.) matte dark grey 185 x 120 x 19 mm (7.3 x 4.7 x 0.8 in.) 160/420 g (5.6 /14.8 oz.) W 547 B 18

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 64

Theater, on stage miking Houses of worship Conference and lectern • Supercardioid polar pattern rejects the pit orchestra and offers an impressive gain before feedback • Phase coherent cardioid design prevents coloration from surface sound reflections • Finely crafted, rugged housing withstands the rigors of the stage • Low profile to be inconspicuously placed on the stage-floor • Industry standard stage-floor microphone

CROWN PCC ®-160 The CROWN PCC®-160 is a surface-mounted supercardioid microphone and an industry-standard for lecterns, conference tables, and news desks – wherever improved gain-before-feedback and articulation are important. Unlike the PZM®, the Phase Coherent Cardioid® uses a subminiature supercardioid mic capsule. Its directional polar pattern improves gain-before-feedback, reduces unwanted room noise and rejects sounds from the rear. The mic capsule ensures phase coherency up to the highest frequencies, resulting in a wide, smooth frequency response. Capable of withstanding up to 120 dB SPL without distorting, the CROWN PCC®-160 will never overload in practical use. A “bass tilt” switch allows the user to tailor the low-end response for particular applications. Thanks to its low profile and black finish, the microphone becomes almost invisible in use.

Item number: CROWN PCC160

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H50110

Polar pattern: supercardioid Frequency range: 50 to 18,000 Hz Sensitivity: 22 mV/Pa (-30 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 120 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB (A-weighted) Impedance: 150 ohms Recommended load impedance: 2,000 ohms Connector: Switchcraft TA3F Cable: 4.6 m (15 ft.) Finish: black Dimensions: 17 x 8 x 2 cm (6.7 x 3.2 x 0.8 in.) Net/shipping weight: 170 g (6 oz.), ROHS: Ok

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 65

Boundary Layer Microphones

Broadcast and recording Houses of worship Theater On stage miking • Hemispherical polar pattern • Pressure Zone Microphone® design prevents coloration from surface sound reflections • Switchable dual-frequency response offers a choice of flat response or rising high-frequency response • Rugged detachable cable

CROWN PZM®-30D The CROWN PZM®-30D is a Pressure Zone Microphones® designed for professional recording, sound reinforcement and broadcasting. Fitting many applications, from miking full orchestras or individual musical instruments to security or teleconferencing, film and video productions. The CROWN PZM®-30D has a switchable dual frequency response: rising or flat. The “rising” position adds brilliance. This makes it useful wherever a crisp attack is desired, such as on percussion, drums, or piano. The capsule is mounted in the “Pressure Zone” just above the boundary, a region where sound coming directly from the sound source combines in phase with sound reflected off the boundary. The benefits are excellent clarity and “reach” a hemispherical polar pattern, uncolored off-axis response, and a wide smooth frequency response free of phase interference. The CROWN PZM®-30D is low profile, sturdy and reliable.

Item number: CROWN PZM30D 6000H50020

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: ROHS:

hemispherical 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV) 150 dB 74 dB 250 ohms 3-pin XLR use 2-conductor shielded microphone cable black 15.2 x 12.7 x 1.9 cm (6 x 5 x 0.75 in.) 184 g (6.5 oz.) Ok

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 66

CROWN PZM®-6D The CROWN PZM®-6D is a Pressure Zone Microphone® designed for professional recording, sound reinforcement and broadcasting. A smaller integral boundary makes the CROWN PZM®-6D even more inconspicuous than the CROWN PZM®-30D. It has many applications, from miking full orchestras or individual musical instruments to security or teleconferencing, as well as on television, film and video productions. The CROWN PZM®-6D has a switchable dual frequency response: rising or flat. The “rising” position adds brilliance. This makes it useful wherever a crisp attack is desired, such as on percussion, drums, or piano. The user can get a bright sound without boosting high frequencies on the recording console; the result is lower noise. The “flat” position provides a smooth, flat, high-frequency response for natural sound reproduction.

Item number: CROWN PZM6D

• • • • • • • •

6000H50010

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Connector: Cable:

• Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight:

hemispherical 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV) 150 dB 74 dB 240 ohms XLRM 4.58 m (15 ft.) black cable with XLRM connector Model PZM-6D: 1.83 m (6 ft.) cable black 7.62 x 6.35 x 0.95 cm (3 x 2.5 x 0.375 in.) 184 g (6.5 oz.)

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 67

Boundary Layer Microphones

Houses of worship Conference and lectern Distance learning Security • Supercardioid polar pattern offers high-gain-before-feedback • Phase coherent cardioid® design prevents coloration from surface sound reflections • Wide and smooth frequency response • Three-position bass-tilt switch

Houses of worship Conference and lectern Distance learning Courtrooms • Cardioid polar pattern • PCC technologie (phase coherent cardioid) • Wide and smooth frequency responce • Exceptional performance and small size • Three-position bass-tilt switch

• Small and inconspicuous

CROWN PCC ®-170 The CROWN PCC®-170 is a surface-mounted supercardioid® microphone of professional quality. This handsomely styled unit is appropriate for use on the most elegant boardroom table or lectern. Other applications include churches, courtrooms and council chambers. Because of its highly directional pickup pattern, the CROWN PCC®-170 minimizes background noise and feedback. The microphone reproduces the voice with a clean, clear and natural sound. The mic capsule is small enough to ensure phase coherency up to the highest frequencies in the audible spectrum, resulting in a wide, smooth frequency response free of phase interference. Clarity and reach are also enhanced. Self-noise is low and sensitivity is very high and an RFI suppression is included. A bass-tilt switch allows the user to tailor the low-end response for particular applications. Item number: CROWN PCC170

6000H50100

CROWN PCC ®®-130 CROWN PCC -130SW The CROWN PCC®-130 and the CROWN PCC®-130SW are surface-mounted small cardioid microphones of professional quality. With its small size, the CROWN PCC®-130 is less conspicuous on a conference table than comparable mics. Because of its highly directional pickup pattern, the CROWN PCC®-130 minimizes background noise and feedback. The CROWN PCC®-130SW has a silent-operating membrane switch which is normally off. The switch can be configured for touch on/off, momentary on or momentary off. A high-intensity LED lights when the unit is on. The CROWN PCC®-130SW is intended for multiple-microphone use on a conference table where each person wants control of his or her microphone. The microphone attenuates 70 dB when the switch is in the off position. Item numbers: CROWN PCC130 6000H50130 CROWN PCC130SW 6000H50120 PCC®-130

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: supercardioid Frequency range: 50 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 22 mV/Pa (-30 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 120 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB (A-weighted) Impedance: 150 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 12 to 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Connector: Switchcraft TB3M Finish: black Dimensions: 8.6 x 12.3 x 2.3 cm (3.4 x 4.84 x 0.9 in.) Net/shipping weight: 170 g (6 oz.)

• • • • • • • • • • • •

PCC®-130SW

Polar pattern: PCC-130: cardioid and PCC-130 SW: supercardioid Frequency range: 50 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 22 mV/Pa (-30 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 120 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB (A-weighted) Impedance: 150 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 12 to 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Connector: Switchcraft TB3M Finish: satin black Dimensions: 6.4 x 8.9 x 2.5 cm (2.5 x 3.49 x 0.988 in.) Net/shipping weight: 269 g (9.5 oz.) incl. cable

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 68

Broadcast and recording Conference and lectern Home video production

Houses of worship Theater Conference Home video production

• Hemispherical polar patter • Clear, bright sound quality with excellent bass • Low-impedance XLR-type output • Boundary “paddle” can be detached • Works on AAA battery or phantom power

• PZM® design makes the sound clearer and more natural • Ideal for recording conferences, interviews, home videos • AAA battery powered • Medium-impedance unbalanced output • 1/8” (3.5 mm) phone connector

CROWN PZM®-185

CROWN Sound Grabber II

The CROWN PZM®-185 Pressure Zone Microphone® is a budget microphone designed for general-purpose use. Ideal for applications such as conferences, group discussions, interviews, broadcast, homevideo production, lectures, and recordings. The mic can be placed on a large surface such as a table, floor, wall, or lectern.

The CROWN Sound Grabber II utilizes the Pressure Zone Microphone® technology in which sound waves reinforce themselves in the area nearest a flat surface.

The CROWN PZM®-185 is powered either by an internal AAA 1.5 V battery or 12-48 V phantom power. The boundary “paddle” can be detached so the mic will fit in your pocket. It is nearly invisible on camera. The CROWN PZM®-185 minimizes pickup of vibration and handling noise. It provides a wide, smooth frequency response from 50 Hz to 16 kHz. The mic’s hemispherical polar pattern allows clear pickup of everyone surrounding the microphone. The CROWN PZM®-185 is protected against static and RFI. The output is balanced, low impedance, which allows long cable runs without hum pickup or high-frequency loss.

Because of this new technology, the CROWN Sound Grabber II offers you the opportunity for vast improvement in the quality of your recordings. The CROWN Sound Grabber II will pick up sounds at distances you never thought possible and it will pick them up with a clarity that other microphones, because of the limitations of their construction, simply cannot match. The CROWN Sound Grabber II does not need to follow the action, since it has a wide-angle pickup pattern. So long as the mic “sees” the sound, in whatever direction or angle, it will pick it up clearly; it does not need to be between you and the other person. Speakers or vocalists can move freely around the CROWN Sound Grabber II without their tone quality changing.

Item number: CROWN PZM185 6000H50030

Item number: CROWN SOUNDGRABBER2

• • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: hemispherical Frequency range: 50 to 16,000 Hz Sensitivity: 0.8 mV/Pa (-62 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 120 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 21 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 73 dB (A-weighted) Impedance: 150 ohms Connector: 3-pin XLR Cable: 2.4 m (8 ft.) Finish: satin black Dimensions: 8.7 x 15 x 1.86 cm (3.409 x 5.9 x 0.732 in.) Net/shipping weight: 115 g (4 oz.)

6000H50000

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Cable:

• Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight:

hemispherical 50 to 16,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-54 dBV) 120 dB 73 dB (A-weighted) 1.600 ohms 10 ft. with mini phone plug, 1/4 phone plug and micro phone plug adapters satin black 8.7 x 15 x 1.86 cm (3.409 x 5.9 x 0.732 in.) 115 g (4 oz.)

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 69

Boundary Layer Microphones

Houses of worship Conference and lectern Security Fixed installed systems

Conference and lectern Security Distance learning

• Supercardioid polar pattern for extended reach and clarity • PCC® technology (phase coherent cardioid) for clear and natural sound

• Supercardioid polar pattern and PCC® technology (phase coherent cardioid) for clear, natural sound and high gain before feedback

• Miniature design, virtually disappears when installed

• LED indicator illuminates when mic is active

• Removable grille assembly can be painted

• Mounts easily into tabletops, walls and ceilings

CROWN MB 3 Featuring an incredibly small size, the CROWN MB Series of mini-boundary ™, supercardioid microphones CROWN MB 3 offers a wide range of features and flexibility. The miniature, lowprofile designs virtually disappear when installed, yet provide the same great sound as our highly-acclaimed PCC® microphone series. Best of all, the CROWN MB Series provides substantial savings compared to traditional microphones. The CROWN MB 3 is a miniature boundary microphone for multi-miking applications such as teleconferencing, distance learning, boardrooms, courtrooms, and security applications. This low-profile, circular mic permanently installs into a hole drilled in a table, lectern, or ceiling. Thanks to its supercardioid pickup pattern, the CROWN MB 3 greatly reduces ambient noise and pickup of room reverberation. The result is a clearer, more intelligible sound. On the bottom of the mic is a tubular power module with a 3-pin XLR-type output connector. It is powered by 12-48 V phantom power, and has a low-impedance balanced mic-level output.

Item number: CROWN MB3

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H50150

Polar pattern: supercardioid Frequency range: 50 to 15,000 Hz Sensitivity: 22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 120 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB (A-weighted) Impedance: 150 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 12 to 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: satin black Dimensions: 2.74 dia. x 8.4 cm (ø 0.974 x 3.324 in.) Net/shipping weight: 78 g (2.7 oz.) ROHS: Ok

• LED indicator illuminates when mic is active • Low-Z balanced output prevents hum and high-frequency loss

CROWN MB 4 Featuring an incredibly small size, the CROWN MB Series of mini-boundary ™, supercardioid microphones offers a wide range of features and flexibility. The miniature, low-profile designs virtually disappear when installed, yet provide the same great sound as our highly-acclaimed PCC® microphone series. The CROWN MB 4 is a miniature boundary microphone for multi-miking applications such as teleconferencing, distance learning, boardrooms, courtrooms, and TV or theatrical applications. Doublesided sticky tape is provided for attaching the unit under shelves, on walls, etc. Thanks to its supercardioid pickup pattern, the CROWN MB 4 greatly reduces ambient noise and pickup of room reverberation. The result is a clearer sound. The CROWN MB 4 has an attached cable leading to an XLR-type output connector with built-in mic electronics. It is powered by 12-48 V phantom power, and is low-impedance balanced.

Item number: CROWN MB4

• • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H50140

Polar pattern: supercardioid Frequency range: 50 to 15,000 Hz Sensitivity: 22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 120 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB (A-weighted) Impedance: 150 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 12 to 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: satin black Dimensions: 3.8 x 1.5 cm (1.5 x 0.5 in.) Net/shipping weight: Microphone: 19 g (0.7 oz.) Power Module: 78 g (2.8 oz.)

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 70

3 12

Recording Surveillance Ticket window Bank counter Restaurant

• Hemispherical polar pattern; clear, intelligible pickup of speech

• Small, low-profile boundary layer microphone

• Low profile, cylindrical design, perfect for wall or tabletop installations

• Wide frequency range • High sensitivity

• Choice of mic level output (CROWN PZM®-10) or line-level output (CROWN PZM®-10LL)

• Ideal for inconspicuous installation in a room

• CROWN PZM®-10 powered by 12-48 V phantom power, inline XLR connector

• Suited for surveillance or recording Some References:

• CROWN PZM®-10LL powered by 12-24 V/DC, unterminated wires

USA: CourtSmart

C 562 CM The C 562 CM flush-mount boundary microphone uses the same transducer as the C 542 BL. The C 562 CM has been designed specifically for permanent, “invisible” mounting in ceilings, walls, tables, stage props, etc. Owing to its high sensitivity, the C 562 CM is a perfect tool for surveillance or live recording since a single microphone can cover an entire room. The supplied XLR phantom power adapter connects to the microphone cable through a miniature connector so installation holes can be smaller than the diameter of the phantom power adapter. Item number: C 562 CM

Ticket window Conference Security Surveillance

2262X00030

CROWN PZM®-10 CROWN PZM®-10LL The CROWN PZM®-10 and CROWN PZM®-10LL, part of the Pressure Zone Microphone® line, are designed for security, surveillance, and conferencetable use. Since they do not look like microphones, they are inconspicuous. The mics easily mount into tables, walls or ceilings. Like other Pressure Zone Microphones, the CROWN PZM ®-10 and CROWN PZM®-10LL use a miniature mic capsule mounted close to a sound-reflecting plate or boundary, in the pressure zone. In this zone, direct sound from the sound source combines in phase at all frequencies with reflected sound off the boundary. The benefits are many: 6 dB more sensitivity, 6 dB less noise, a wide smooth frequency response free of phase interference, excellent clarity and “reach”, and consistent pickup anywhere around the mic. The CROWN PZM ®-10 and CROWN PZM®-10LL will pick up conversations or other desired sounds with extra clarity and definition. PZM®-10

PZM®-10LL

Item numbers: CROWN PZM10 6000H50070 CROWN PZM10LL 6000H50060

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional (hemispherical) 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 130 dB 16 dB-A 78 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 Ohm 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR 0.5 m (20 in.) matte nickel plated 20 dia. x 28 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.1 in.) 30/195 g (1.1/76.9 oz.) installation hardware, phantom power adapter B 18

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• Connector: • • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: ROHS:

hemispherical 80 to 20,000 Hz / 100 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) / 1.4 V/Pa (+3 dBV) 120 dB 26 dB-A 68 dB 240 ohms / 75 ohms ≥2,000 Ohm PZM 10: 12-48 V phantom power, inline XLR connector PZM 10 LL: powered by 12-24V DC, unterminated wires PZM 10: 3-pin XLR PZM 10 LL: stripped and tinned leads off-white (may be painted any color) 3.9 dia. x 7.2 cm (1.53 dia. x 2.829 in.) 74 g (22.6 oz.) / 93 g (3.3 oz.) Ok

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 71

Boundary Layer Microphones

Ticket window Conferencing Security Surveillance

Outdoor intercoms Toll booths Surveillance and security Home automation

• Hemispherical polar pattern

• Excellent intelligibility

• Excellent intelligibity

• Low frequency roll off to reduce HVAC rumble

• Inconspicuous • Weather-resistant

• Inconspicuous, resembles a light switch • Mounts a standard wall plate

• Line-level output • Screw terminal, no need for connectors

• Screw terminal, no need for connectors

CROWN PZM®-11

CROWN PZM®-11LLWR

The CROWN PZM®-11 presents a low-cost solution for security and surveillance applications. Mounted on a standard wall plate the CROWN PZM®-11 doesn’t look like a microphone but rather an ordinary light switch. Like other Pressure Zone Microphones®, the CROWN PZM®-11 utilizes the Pressure Recording Process™ in which a miniature condenser microphone capsule is mounted very close to a sound reflecting plate or boundary. The benefits are a wide, smooth frequency response free of phase interference, excellent clarity and “reach”, and consistent pickup anywhere around the microphone. Intelligibility is excellent, with low frequencies below the voice range rolled off to reduce the pickup of heating, ventilation or air-conditioning rumble (HVAC noise). The high-frequency response is boosted slightly to aid clarity and articulation. Electronics on the rear of the plate offer screw terminals, eliminating the need for connectors. The CROWN PZM®-11 has a mic-level output and is powered by 12-48 V phantom power.

The CROWN PZM®-11LLWR is a weather resistant Pressure Zone Microphone® based on the CROWN PZM®-11 with a balanced, line-level output. A plastic membrane inside the microphone protects the mic capsule from water damage. The microphone will work during and after rainfall. If water freezes on the membrane, the mic’s frequency response will change, but will return to normal when the ice melts and the membrane dries. Applications include fast-food restaurants, outdoor intercoms, toll booths, bridges, theme park security, home automation, and so on.

Item number: CROWN PZM11

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Item number: CROWN PZM11LLWR

6000H50050

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

The microphone can be plugged directly into a VCR line input – no costly mic preamp is needed. Output (via screw terminals) can be balanced or unbalanced. Because of its tailored response and CROWN PZM ® construction, the CROWN PZM®-11LL WR will pick up conversations or other desired sounds with extra clarity.

hemispherical 80 to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 120 dB 26 dB-A 68 dB 225 ohms 12 to 48 V phantom power screw terminal off-white (may be painted any color) 11.506 x 7.05 x 2.946 cm (4.53 x 2.7 x 1.16 in.) 71 g (2.5 oz.)

• • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H50040

hemispherical 80 to 10,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 100 dB 26 dB-A 68 dB 75 ohms 12-24 V AC or DC screw terminal silver (may be painted any color) 7.061 x 11.506 x 4.374 cm (2.78 x 4.53 x 1.722 in.) 71 g (2.5 oz.)

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 72

Houses of worship Lectern Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production • Compact, short shotgun microphone • Integrated, switchable bass rolloff filter minimizes mechanical noise • Ideal for theater, sound reinforcement, film, and TV applications

• Suitable for camera-mounted use

253 P 12-48 600 OHM

C 568 B

MADE IN AUSTRIA AUSTR IA

High directivity and wide frequency response in a relatively short shotgun make this microphone a perfect tool for theater, sound reinforcement, and film/TV applications. Due to its compact and lightweight design, the C 568 B is ideal for camera mount applications. Below 500 Hz it functions as a hypercardioid microphone; above 500 Hz the acoustic interference tube introduces increasing directivity. A switchable 12 dB/octave 120 Hz bass rolloff filter effectively suppresses impact and wind noise. The rugged, allmetal body contains the built-in preamp. Phantom powering (9–52 V) required; foam windscreen and stand adapter included.

Item number: C 568 B

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2168Z00040

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: SPL capability: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 11 mV/Pa (-39 dBV) 128 dB 18 dB-A 76 dB 12 dB/octave at 120 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR dark grey 21 dia. x 253 mm (0.8 dia. x 10 in.) 160/715 g (5.6 oz./1.6 lbs.) SA 60, W 68 B 18, H 30, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 73

Shotgun Microphones

Houses of worship Lectern Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production • Short shotgun for use in noisy environments • Mounts directly on SE 300 B powering unit or connects via 10 ft. (3 m) cable • Quick-lock bayonet mount for easy connection to powering unit 262

247 CK98

CK 98 The CK 98 combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. It offers excellent reach, thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the CK 98 ideal for boom applications. The smooth, wideband frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters.Includes foam windscreen. The CK 98 is an AKG Blue Line Series capsule. For details, see pages 36/37.

Item numbers: CK 98 SE 300 B

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2439Z00040 243900080

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 124/134 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 247/262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.) 80/500 g (2.8 oz./1.1 lb.) W 98 H 30

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 74

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Clubs & pubs •

No rack or central unit needed

•

Fits in standard installation frames

•

Flush mount microphone mixing system

•

Easy to install due to CAT 5 connectivity

•

Trailblazing range of little problem solvers

AMM 10 Supermodular Mixer System Speaker Out 3 x Mic Inputs The AMM 10 is the perfect solution for small rooms: A distributed mixing system consisting of various input and output modules designed to fit standard installation frames. No need for a central unit or a rack for the sound equipment – the mixing modules are directly mounted into cable conduit, walls, ceilings, tables … Wherever you require a microphone input or an audio connector for your PC or CD player, the AMM 10 is the system of your choice.

AUX Input

Sum Amplifier

Each of the modules comes with a low noise, high efficient amplifier and a plug terminal connector. Connected via CAT 5 cables, the system is extremely flexible and easy to install. PC/MP3 Input Wireless Mic Input

• Input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: Phantom power: • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Current consumption:

AMM 10 REC Output Module • System input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: THD: S/N ratio • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: Current consumption:

AMM 10 Mic/Line Input Module 3-pin female XLR, balanced -60/0 dBu, switchable 5 kohms @ 1kHz systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu 80 dB (0 dBu), 60 dB (-60 dBu) 16 mA

stereo, unbalanced +6 dBu 11 kohms (Sum) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB unbalanced, stereo; 1 x 3,5mm Jack; 2 x RCA -20….+6 dBu 50 ohms 12 mA

AMM 10 C-Mic Input Module 3-pin female XLR, balanced -60/-40 dBu, switchable 2 kohms @ 1kHz +24 V DC systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu 80 dB (-40 dBu), 60 dB (-60 dBu) 20 mA

AMM 10 Headphone-Output Module • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Audio bandwidth : Treble control: • Bargraph Display: Display range: Display steps: Current consumption:

AMM 10 AUX Input Module 2 x RCA, unbalanced -20 … +6 dBu, switchable 20 kohms @ 1kHz systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB 12 mA

unbalanced, 3.5mm Stereo jack connector 0 dBu > 32 ohms < 0.1% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB 40Hz … 20 kHz 10 kHz, +/- 12 dB unbalanced, stereo -20….+3 dB -20, -10, 0, +3 dB 30 mA

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:37 Seite 75

Microphone Mixer

Mic/Line Input Module: Input module for dynamic microphones and symmetrical line level signals. The module provides an input level control as well as a switch to define the designated panorama position (left, middle, right).

C-Mic Input Module with Phantom Power: Input module for condenser microphones. The module provides a 24 V phantom power supply, input level control as well as a switch to define the designated panorama position (left, middle, right).

AUX Input Module: Input module for line level signals from CD, DVD, PC or MP 3 players. The module provides two cinch and one jack connector inputs and an input level control.

Recording Output Module: The recording output module works as a driver for recording devices like CD recorders, tape decks, PCs, MP3 recorders, etc. On the front panel the module provides 2 RCA connectors, a 3.5 mm jack connector output and an output volume control.

Headphone Output Module: The headphone output monitoring module provides an output volume control, a 2 x 4 step bargraph display and a 3.5 mm jack connector output.

Control and SUM Output Module: Stereo sum amplifier module with tone control for treble and bass as well as an output level control. The internal plug terminal provides the sum output and a separate recording output (with fixed output level). The plug terminal also provides terminals for the signal bus including strain relief and an insert point for a remote control (to be introduced later).

Stereo Line Out Module: Break-out-box for Supermodular mixer system. The module provides 2 XLR Connectors for the connection of two active speakers.

Mic/Line Input Module:

AMM 10 Sum-Output Module • System input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: • System Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Bass control: Treble control:

Mic Input Module:

AUX Input Module:

stereo, balanced +6 dB 0 ohm (Sum) unbalanced, stereo +6 dBu 100 ohms < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu > 80 dB 100 Hz, +/-12 dB 10 kHz, +/- 12 dB

Item number: AMM 10 AUX/Line IN AMM 10 C-Mic IN AMM 10 D-Mic IN AMM 10 Input Transformer AMM 10 Monitoring OUT AMM 10 Output Transformer

SUM Output Module:

6000H21020 6000H21030 6000H21010 6000H21100 6000H21060 6000H21110

AMM 10 PSU AMM 10 Recording OUT AMM 10 Starter Pack AMM 10 Sum Amplifier AMM 10 USB IN AMM 10 XLR OUT

REC Output Module:

System (for all modules) • Signalbus connector type: Max cable cross-sect: Max cable cross-sect: • Operating voltage: Current consumption: Operating temperature range: • Dimensions (WxHxD): • Net weight:

6000H21090 6000H21070 6000H21000 6000H21050 6000H21040 6000H21080

Headphone Output Module:

2x9 pin strip terminal 0.5 mm2 / AWG 20 0.12 mm2 / AWG 26 +/-12 V (+/-10%) 20 mA 0°C … 55°C 50x50x55 mm (installation depth) 70 g

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 76

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Broadcasting Studio • 4 microphone and 2 stereo AUX inputs • 1 recording output and 1 master output • Digital signal processing including dbx® compressor/limiter • Intelligent mixing algorithm with noise sensitive threshold • 19” all-metal case with integrated power supply

DMM 4/2/2 The DMM 4/2/2 is a processor controlled digital automatic mixer with four balanced microphone inputs, two stereo AUX inputs and one master output. A unique and highly effective, intelligent mixing algorithm automatically allocates gain among the system microphones (NOM attenuation). A special noise detection function and the “Noise Sensitive Threshold” algorithm (NST) prevent accidental activation of input channels. The mixing algorithm also includes a “Last Mic On” function and a “Best Mic On” mode. Each input channel features low cut as well as LF and HF shelving filters. A dbx® compressor/limiter is included in the algorithm to compensate for level differences and provide a significant improvement in sound quality. Each channel offers switchable gain (Mic/Line, Mic-Lo/Mic-Hi), switchable phantom power, and an incremental level control with LED level and peak hold display. The automixing and ducking functions can be enabled and disabled for each microphone and AUX channel separately. An expansion connector enables multiple DMM 4/2/2 mixers to be daisy-chained for larger systems. A rear-panel control I/O port provides logic in and outputs for controlling external devices. The DMM 4/2/2 is housed a rugged 19” case with an integrated power supply. Item numbers: DMM 4/2/2

6000H18990

INPUTS: MIC/LINE 1-4: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: • Phantom power: AUX 1-2: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: OUTPUTS: LINE MONO: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response:

3-pin female XLR connector balanced -6 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 16k Hz >90 dB >8 kohms 48 VDC 2x RCA jacks unbalanced ±0 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 22 kHz >90 dB >15 kohms

1x 3-pin female XLR connector balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz

• Dynamic range: • Impedance:

>90 dB <100 ohms

RECORDING L/R: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

2x RCA balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

CONTROL • Analog:

General • Sampling rate: • Format: • Operating temperature: • Max. humidity during operation: • Power supply: • Max. power requirement: • Size: • Color: • Weight:

I/Os on 26-pin. Sub-D connector for remote control via logic contacts and VCAs.

48 kHz 24 Bit +5 °C to +45 °C 83% 100 – 240 VAC/50-60 Hz 35 VA 483 x 44 x 203 mm (19.0 x 1.7 x 8.0 in.) black (RAL 9005) 3.5 kg (7.8 lbs.)

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 77

Microphone Mixer

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Broadcasting Studio • 4 microphone and 2 stereo AUX inputs • 1 stereo recording output and 1 stereo master output • Digital signal processing including dbx® compressor/limiter • Intelligent mixing algorithm with noise sensitive threshold • 19” all-metal case with integrated power supply

DMM 4/2/4 The DMM 4/2/4 is a digital automatic stereo mixer with four balanced microphone inputs, two stereo AUX inputs and one stereo recording output and one stero master output. A unique and highly effective, intelligent mixing algorithm automatically allocates gain among the system microphones (NOM attenuation). A special noise detection function and the “Noise Sensitive Threshold” algorithm (NST) prevent accidental activation of input channels. The mixing algorithm also includes a “Last Mic On” function and a “Best Mic On” mode. Each input channel features low cut as well as LF and HF shelving filters. A dbx® compressor/limiter is included in the algorithm to provide a significant improvement in sound quality. Each channel offers switchable gain (Mic/Line, Mic-Lo/Mic-Hi), switchable phantom power, and an incremental level control with LED level and peak hold display. The automixing and ducking functions can be enabled and disabled for each channel separately. An expansion connector enables multiple DMM 4/2/4 mixers to be daisy-chained for larger systems. A rear-panel control I/O port provides logic in and outputs for controlling external devices. Also available on the rear side is a RS 232 interface for PC connectivity. The DMM 4/2/4 is housed a rugged 19” case with an integrated power supply.

Item numbers: DMM 4/2/4

6000H19000

3-pin female XLR connector balanced -6 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 16k Hz >90 dB >8 kohms 48 VDC 2x RCA jacks unbalanced ±0 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 22 kHz >90 dB >15 kohms

OUTPUTS: LINE Stereo: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

1x 3-pin female XLR connector balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

RECORDING L/R: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

2x RCA balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

CONTROL • Analog: • PC Connectivity:

I/Os on 26-pin. Sub-D connector for remote control via logic contacts and VCAs. RS 232

General • Sampling rate: • Format: • Operating temperature: • Max. humidity during operation: • Power supply: • Max. power requirement: • Size: • Color: • Weight:

48 kHz 24 Bit +5 °C to +45 °C 83% 100 – 240 VAC/50-60 Hz 35 VA 483 x 44 x 203 mm (19.0 x 1.7 x 8.0 in.) black (RAL 9005) 3.5 kg (7.8 lbs.)

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 78

CS 5 Conference System Communication is a matter of confidence. Confidence is the basis of success in everyday life. When it comes to conferencing, confidence in the failsafe quality of the audio system is equally important – after all, the audio system must reliably handle incredible amounts of information for delegates, observers, and interpreters every second. Just as any conference begins with a spoken word, designing a conference system at AKG begins with careful research and consulting to find out exactly what your requirements are. Having specialized in audio for more than sixty years, AKG has accumulated a vast body of expert know-how, so you can be confident that the CS 5 will provide a professional, turnkey solution with the following benefits: • dedicated systems for every application custom designed, London

• maximum reliability in terms of day-to-day operation and immunity to listening-in (for debates of sensitive issues), • compatibility with all AKG CS 5 Series modules and other equipment from AKG or other manufacturers for virtually unlimited expandability, • shielded CAT 5/RJ 45 standard wiring, • voting function including documentation of results, • up to 63 interpretation channels using AKG microphone modules and DSP for excellent intelligibility. Using digital technology and user friendly interfaces, the AKG CS 5 is an asset in any conference hall, for the most complex tasks.

Belgrade

With only a few but versatile components, the CS 5 ensures maximum flexibility at an outstanding price/performance ratio. And what's best, you will get an easy-to-use complete system that includes both the basic equipment and all the extras. Another essential feature, particularly in terms of cost, is full expandability. No matter how many microphone stations the system includes, it only needs a single Base Unit to control the entire setup. So if you are required to expand the system at a later date, you can simply add the extra stations and continue using all the existing components. Although there is a trend toward using wireless equipment in conferencing, AKG decided to play it safe. WiFi conference systems are quick to set up but the risk of radio dropouts or even total failure caused by smart phones with WiFi interfaces is high. The CS 5 is a sure success for speakers, delegates, financial decision makers, and system designers on more than one level: integrated software control allows operators to focus on the essentials of their job.

Russia

For more information on the AKG CS 5 visit www.akg.com.

It all begins with a word. The AKG CS 5 Conference System gets it across with confidence.

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 79

CS 5 Conference System Flexibility, reliability, security. A conference system, and particularly its powering equipment, should be quick and easy to install. The CS 5 therefore uses a CAT 5 closed-circuit bus and distributed power supplies, saving cables, time, and design expense. The CS 5 uses CAT 5/RJ 45 cables only, so if you need to improvise, you can easily get the cables you need.

CAT 5 bus Power wiring

Intelligibility â&#x20AC;&#x201C; in any language. Depending on the number of working languages for your conference, you will need one or more interpretation booths with two CS 5 IU interpreter stations each. The CS 5 IU meets AIIC standards and provides all the functions your interpreters need in order to do a perfect job. As an additional benefit, the wiring system allows you to connect the IUs to the CAT 5 bus at any point in the line, e.g., the point closest to the interpretation booth(s), to keep cables short.

CAT 5 Bus Power wiring USB wiring

Large conference, many observers. Observers too may need interpretation. The CS 5 IRT 1 or IRT 2 infrared radiators transmit up to seven language channels to any number of CS 5 IRR 7 infrared receivers. The IRR 7 operates for up to twelve hours on a single battery charge and is small enough to fit into every vest pocket.

CAT 5 bus Power wiring USB wiring XLR wiring Coaxial wiring

From zero to 500 in 100 minutes. There is always room for expansion. Whenever the need arises, you can add all AKG CS 5 components even to the largest existing system. The closed-loop bus saves lots of cabling over more conventional star wiring systems, and the time saved in the process will apreciably relieve your budget. The theoretical limit is 5.000 microphone stations.

CAT 5 bus Power wiring USB wiring XLR wiring Coaxial wiring

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 80

Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion • Digital controller for any size systems • Ease of use • Complete with all inputs and outputs needed for complex systems • Integrated infrared signal modulator • Independent or computer controlled operation

Rear panel

CS 5 BU (Base Unit) The CS 5 BU ensures easy, user-friendly control of everything from a small discussion setup to a large conference system. The Base Unit provides all the inputs and outputs needed to manage a complex audio system. It controls 64 audio channels that can be individually programmed and assigned to interpretation channels or simultaneous active microphones. To ensure maximum reliability, all microphone stations and interpreter stations are "daisy-chained" together using two CAT 5/RJ 45 connectors each in a closedcircuit digital audio bus. Thus, the entire system will continue operating perfectly, with no interruption, even if one of the bus cables breaks. To power the system, a CS 5 PS 12 power supply is connected to every twelfth microphone station, ensuring consistent power levels. Unlike competitive techniques, AKG's approach to keeping consistent power levels throughout the system is uncommonly cost efficient. Item number: CS 5 BU 19col

• LINE IN (XLR) • LINE OUT (XLR) • EXT. MIC IN • TAPE IN/OUT • TELEPHONE IN/OUT

– – – – –

• LANG. EXT. • INFRARED OUT

– –

input for an external mixer. output to an external mixer. input for a lectern microphone, audience microphone, etc. in/output for an audio source or recording device. in/output for connecting a teleconference system (mix minus signal). microphone input for consecutive interpretation direct output to infrared radiators (no extra modules required) for transmitting up to seven language channels.

Every CS 5 Conference System comes complete with a FREE basic control software package so the entire system can be controlled from a computer via USB 2.0.

7650X01000

• DC 48 V/3A IN Input Voltage: Power Requirement: Input Level: • LINE IN Impedance: • TELEPHONE IN Input Level: Impedance: Input Level: • EFFECT IN Impedance: Input Level: • TAPE IN Impedance: • EXT. LANG IN Input Level: Impedance: • EXT. MIC IN Input Level: Impedance: E.I.N.:

The CS 5 BU also provides many extra inputs and outputs:

Minimum 44 3 -

Nominal 48 0 20 0 20 0 20 -10 20 0 20 -40 20 -124

Maximum 55 4 +6 +6 +6 -4 +6 -34 -

Unit VDC W dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu

• OUTPUT LEVELS

• • • •

Line Out: Telephone Out: Effect Out: Tape Out: OUTPUT Load Impedance: OUTPUT S/N Ratio (Ext. Mic. Vol. Red.): OUTPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): S/N Ratio: Height: Width: Depth inc. Connector Protrusion: Weight:

Minimum 88 20 8 45 70

Nominal 0 0 0 -10 1 85 90 32 1/1.75/44 19/482 4.25/108 3.2/1450

Maximum Unit +6 dBu +6 dBu +6 dBu -4 dBu kohms dB 20k Hz 200 mW ohms 22k Hz dB rack unit/in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 81

CS 5 Conference System Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion

Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion

• Choice of microphones for every kind of system and room acoustics.

• Ease of use.

• Display and multifunction soft keys for ease of use.

• 3 + 1 language channels independently selectable for two users.

• Up to 63 language channels independently selectable for two users.

• Aye/no voting function.

• 1, 3, 5-way voting/polling function. • Dip-switch selectable president and delegate operating modes.

CS 5 DU

CS 5 VU

The CS 5 DU is the basic microphone station for use in discussion systems. Like all other CS 5 microphone stations, the CS 5 DU provides maximum acoustic flexibility. Choose from two goosenecks of different lengths and five microphones with different polar patterns to meet every requirement of any type of conference system. In addition to the usual PTT key, this microphone station offers two advanced features previously found on more expensive conferencing equipment only: A bank of dip switches allows each headphone output to be assigned independently to either the floor channel or one of three interpreted language channels. The PTT key also provides a simple aye/no voting function. Item numbers: CS 5 DU CS 5 MF

In a small discussion system with CS 5 DU microphone stations, the chairperson would typically use a CS 5 VU. In President mode, it provides a priority function and allows the user to start votes or polls. The display will then indicate the time left for voting and the results. In a larger conference system, the CS 5 VU can be used both by delegates and by the president. In Delegate mode, it provides all voting and language selection functions independently for two delegates. A bank of dip switches allows the CS 5 VU to be set to President mode with priority and 1, 3, or 5-way voting/polling functions. In computer-controlled conference systems, chip-card identification is available as an option. Item numbers: CS 5 VU CS 5 ID10

2770Z00210 2770Z00100 (optional)

(exc. of microphone module and gooseneck)

• POWER SUPPLY Supply Voltage: Power Consumption: • MIC INPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): • LOUDSPEAKER OUTPUT Power: Frequency Range (-3 dB): Signal/Noise Ratio: • HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): • Width: • Depth: • Height: • Weight:

The CS 5 VU provides two operating modes, reducing the number of different components needed for a conference system.

2770Z00220 2770Z00100 (optional 10-pc. set of ID cards)

(exc. of microphone module, gooseneck, and chip card)

Minimum 44 100

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

200 70

0.3 -

1.2 22k -

W Hz dB

8 45

30 32 10.1/257 5.8/147 1.9/73 2.0/900

60 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

Minimum 44 100

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

45 70

0.3 -

1.2 22k -

W Hz dB

8 45

30 32 10.1/257 5.8/147 1.9/73 2.0/900

60 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

Installed Microphones

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 82

Interpreting

Monitoring Interpreting

• Choice of microphones for every kind of system and room acoustics.

• Digital data transmission using PPM modulation.

• Headset interface.

• Fully automatic operation.

• Meets international interpretation equipment standards.

• Unlimited daisy-chaining. • Designed for use in large rooms.

• Intuitive, easy-to-use controls.

CS 5 IU

CS 5 IRT 1 CS 5 IRT 2

The CS 5 IU interpreter station has been designed to conform to the relevant international standards and provides all the features that make life in the booth easy, from intuitive input selection to relay and cough buttons.

The AKG CS 5 IRT 1 and CS 5 IRT 2 wireless infrared radiators transmit up to seven language channels to observers, or anyone wishing to listen to the debates without asking for the floor.

The microphone input accepts a gooseneck in one of two different lengths with one of five different microphones. Alternatively, a headset can be connected to keep the microphone distance constant even if the interpreter moves about.

The CS 5 BU provides the first seven of its 64 audio channels at two BNC outputs driving CS 5 IRT 1 or CS 5 IRT 2 infrared radiators. You can daisy-chain as many radiators as needed.

AKG offers a wide choice of professional headsets such as the HSC 271 and many more…

The CS 5 IRT 1 and IRT 2 differ only in size and radiated power, and can be used in any desired combination. Item numbers: CS 5 IRT1 CS 5 IRT2

Item numbers: CS 5 DU

7650H00500 7650H00510

7650X00200

(exc. of microphone module and gooseneck)

• POWER SUPPLY Supply Voltage: Power Consumption: • MIC INPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): • LOUDSPEAKER OUTPUT Power: Frequency Range (-3 dB): • HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): • Width: • Depth: • Height: • Weight:

Minimum 44 100

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

0.3 -

1.2 22k

W Hz

8 45

180 32 6.0/125 3.4/86 12.2/310 2.2/1000

250 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

• • • • •

IN: OUT: POWER VOLTAGE: POWER REQUIREMENT: COVERAGE VOLUME:

CS 5 IRT 0-5 V/50 ohms 0-5 V/50 ohms 230 VAC, 50 Hz 20 W 10,574-15,860 cu.ft./ 300-450 m3

CS 5 IRT 2 0-5 V/50 ohms in./mm in./mm lbs./g 15,860-26,434 cu.ft./ 450-750 m3

1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch.qxp_1118_11_4_Installed_engl_fsch 10.03.11 18:38 Seite 83

CS 5 Conference System Monitoring Interpreting

Storage case Trickle charger Quick charger

• Digital data transmission using PPM modulation. • Rugged construction.

• A sturdy flightcase/charger for up to 50 CS 5 IRR 7 infrared receivers.

• Easy, intuitive handling. • Standard NiMH rechargeable battery.

• Intelligent charging circuitry.

• 12 hours battery life. • Auto shutoff feature.

• Quick charging and trickle charging modes.

CS 5 IRR7 With its seven selectable channels and extremely rugged case, the CS 5 IRR 7 infrared receiver is every attendee's reliable companion during the entire conference. The supplied NiMH rechargeable battery operates for more than 12 hours on a single charge. The receiver will drive any headphones with a mini jack plug, of which AKG offers a wide selection. AKG currently recommends the K 77, a particularly light, circumaural model. Its leatherette ear pads are easy to clean, fit comfortably without pinching or causing fatigue even during prolonged working sessions.

Item numbers: CS 5 IRR7

• GENERAL

•

• • • •

The CS 5 CU 50 flightcase/charger from AKG can charge up to 50 pcs. of CS 5 IRR 7 receivers. This "intelligent" flightcase monitors the charge status of each NiMH battery and keeps the charging current at maximum for as long as necessary before automatically switching to trickle charging. The LEDs on each receiver indicate its battery status at any time. The CS 5 CU 50 is also an ideal storage case for up to 50 pcs. of CS 5 IRR 7 infrared receivers.

Item numbers: CS 5 CU50

7650H00600

Number of channels: Receiving Angle: Power Supply: HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): Width: Depth: Height: Weight:

CS 5 CU50

7 140 degrees 9 V NiMH rechargeable battery

• GENERAL

50 mW 32-64 ohms 100 Hz to 5.1 kHz 5.3 in./136 mm 2.7 in./70 mm 1.1 in./28 mm 4.9 oz./140 g

• • • • • •

7650H00650

Number of Charging/Storage Slots: 50 Charging Modes: Automatic selection of quick or trickle charging modes Power Supply: 230 VAC, 15 VDC, 4.6 A QUICK CHARGING Current: 80 mA, continuous TRICKLE CHARGING Current: 4 mA (avg.), pulsed Width: 23 in./585 mm Depth: 19 in./483 mm Height: 7.5 in./190 mm Weight: 3.1 lbs./1.4 kg

Installed Microphones

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:11 Seite 84

DMS 700 V2

NEW

DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

86 87 87 87

WMS 4500 SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000 AKG System Architect plug-in, HUB 4000 Q AKG Wireless iPhone App, HiQnet速 System Components Multi-Channel Systems

88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95

WMS 450 SR 450 WMS 450 Sets HT 450 PT 450

WMS 470

96 96 97 97

NEW

SR 470 WMS 470 Sets

98 98

HT 470 PT 470

99 99

Perception Wireless SR 45 Perception Wireless Sets HT 45, PT 45 AKG Perception App

100 100 101 102

NEW

WMS 40 MINI WMS 40 MINI Sets

103

IVM 4 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring SST 4 IVM 4 Sets SPR 4 IP 2 IVM 4 Accessories Multi-Channel Systems Please note that some of these products may not be available in your country. For details, please contact your local dealer or national AKG distributor.

104 104 105 105 106 106

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:11 Seite 85

Wireless

Systems

AKG wireless microphone systems include several ranges of products for projects of any scale, from small club gigs to sports events to stadium concerts. To complete the line, AKG has designed the IVM 4, a first-rate wireless in-ear monitor system which features ultra-precise modulation, full flexibility for any live environment, and a choice of 1,200 frequencies.

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:11 Seite 86

DMS 700 V2

NEW

Conference/Installation Courtrooms Houses of worship Live sound Sound/AV companies Broadcast

Professional digital wireless system for broadcast, installed and live sound applications. Premium audio quality, ultra-wide tuning range and 512 Bit signal encryption for sensitive information. Version 2 now with low latency, an unreached link quality and coverage. The new 512 Bit encryption provides a unique audio protection for your sensitive information. DMS 700 - Digital Microphone System AKG’s revolutionary DMS 700 is designed to deliver the very best audio quality, channel quantity and quick and easy operation. Up to 155 MHz frequency range of transmitters and receiver gives the user the necessary flexibility even in a crowded RF environment, and the state of the art encryption offers the necessary security for sensitive audio transmissions. Ideal for broadcast applications, conferences, courtrooms, houses of worship, stage and music performances. The digital audio transmission finally eliminates distortions and significant noise levels at high audio frequencies known from analogue wireless systems. It also protects you from bad audio performance due to low RF link quality.

• Digital true-diversity receiver with 19" all-metal case • 512 Bit signal encryption prevents unintended signal reception for sensitive applications • Ultra-wide tuning range of 155 MHz • Quick setup mode, spectrum analyzer and rehearsal functions for easy setup • Infrared link of all frequency and setup data to the transmitter • Transmitter batteries status monitoring • Low-cut filter, 3-band Equalizer, dbx® Compressor and dbx® Limiter included

DSR 700

DMS

155 MHz ultra-wide frequency range The DSR 700 digital true-diversity receiver offers an ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz for a robust and most flexible operation. Select the receiving frequency from pre-programmed frequency groups and sub-channels of your receiver or set it directly in 25 MHz-increments. Each pre-programmed frequency group provides up to 40 intermodulation-free channels. It has a better resistance to interference to provide more channel security and reliable transmission.

Spectrum analyzer – Environment scan The Environment Scan function converts the receiver into a spectrum analyzer. It searches the receiver’s entire frequency band for active radio frequencies and shows them in a frequency spectrum graph in the display. Digital Signal Processing The built-in digital signal processor offers a variable low-cut filter, a semi-parametric equalizer, a dbx® limiter and compressor.

Encryption & digital transmission Digital transmission makes it possible to broadcast sensitive audio information with absolute confidence. The 512 Bit audio encryption offers you the highest security for courtroom, boardroom and other confidential meeting applications. The transmitter uses a digital data stream to transmit battery and mute status to the receiver.

Quick & easy setup Great attention was paid to ensure an easy and user-friendly operation with a quick setup feature. The receiver will find interference-free channels and transmit the related setup data to the transmitter via infrared.

DSR 700 – Digital True-Diversity Receiver • Carrier frequency range Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country dependent) • Switching Bandwidth • Sensitivity 10 dBµV / -97 dBm • Diversity system digital true diversity • Modulation / Bit rate Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D. • Signal/noise ratio XLR typ. 115 dB(A), AES3 typ. 120 dB(A) (A-weighted) • Audio outputs 2 x analog: 3-pin XLR sockets balanced / 18 dBu (max.) 2 x analog: TS 1/4" / 6.3 mm jack sockets unbalanced / 12 dBu (max.) 1 x digital: AES3 XLR socket (48 kHz) with wordclock IN (BNC)

Item number: Item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• • • • • • • • • •

Encryption Audio sampling Low cut Equalizer

Compressor Limiter Transmitter battery meter PC interface Power supply Dimensions Standard 1U-rack: • Net weight • Standard accessories

512 Bit 32 Bit / 44.1 kHz 0 – 300 Hz, variable 3 Band (Parameters: low gain, mid gain, mid frequency, high gain) dbx (parameters: gain, threshold, ratio, attack, release) dbx (parameter: threshold) 7-segment transmitter battery information Ethernet via HUB 4000 Q, HiQnet System Architect Software 90 – 240 VAC, 50–60 Hz, 0.4 A 480 mm (18.9 in.) × 43 mm (1.7 in.) × 200 mm (7.87 in.) (w x l x d) 2.3 kg (81 oz.) 2 UHF antennas

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:11 Seite 87

DMS 700 • Rugged all-metal construction

• Rugged & compact metal construction

• Switchable RF Power (10/20/30/50 mW)

• D 5 or C 5 microphone element

• Selectable Input Gain (0/10/20 dB)

• 8 hours battery life and 7-segment battery status information

• 8 hours battery life and 7-segment battery status display

• Infrared data link

• Status data transmission to receiver

• Status data transmission to receiver • Integrated charging contacts for 2 hour quick-charging of rechargeable batteries inside transmitter

• Infrared data link • Integrated charging contacts for 2 hour quick-charging of rechargeable batteries inside transmitter • Connector for external mute switch • Professional 3 Pin mini-XLR audio input

DHT 700

700

DPT 700

DHT 700 is a professional handheld transmitter with a robust metal body. AKG’s legendary D 5 and D 7 dynamic and C 5 condenser microphone capsules for lead and backing vocals deliver a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. The D 5’s and D 7’s patented laminate VariomotionTM diaphragm and the supercardioid pickup pattern ensure maximum gain-before-feedback. The ultra-wide bandwidth of 155 MHz, 50 mW output power and the built-in helical antenna provides the most flexible operation. An infrared data link sends all setup data to the assigned transmitter. The bright graphic display clearly shows channel, frequency, output power and battery status.

DPT 700 is a highly-professional bodypack transmitter with a rugged metal chassis. The ultra-wide bandwidth of 155 MHz and 50 mW RF output power provides the most flexible operation. An infrared data link will send all setup data to the assigned transmitter. The bright graphic display shows channel, frequency, output power and battery status information. The DPT 700 has a jack for an optional external mute switch that mutes the audio signal even when the transmitter is not easy to reach. The 3-pin mini-XLR audio input is compatible with any lavalier or headworn microphone and provides a bias voltage of 5 V (the connector has to be modified for non-AKG microphones)

Item number: Item number depends on RF output and frequency range. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

CU 700 • • • •

2-hour quick charging. Two slots that fit both DHT 700 and DPT 700. LED status information Optional 19-inch rack mount unit

Item numbers: CU 700 3158H00010

DHT 700 – Digital Handheld Transmitter • Carrier frequency range: Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country-dependent) • Switching Bandwidth: • RF output power: 50 mW max. (ERP) • Modulation / Bit rate: Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth: 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D.: • Signal/noise ratio > 120 dB(A) (A-weighted): • Microphone capsules: D 5 and D 7 – dynamic (super cardioid) C 5 – condenser (cardioid) • Max. SPL: D 5 ≤ 140 dB SPL, C 5 ≤ 140 dB SPL ≥ 8 hours LR6 AA alkaline batteries • Battery life: ≥ 8 hours AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, > 2100 mAh) • Dimensions: 231 mm (9.1 in.) length, 52 mm (2 in.) dia. • Net weight: 336 g (11.8 oz.) • Standard accessories: 2 AA size LR6 batteries, stand adapter, windscreen

DPT 700 – Digital Bodypack Transmitter • Carrier frequency range: Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country-dependent) • Switching Bandwidth: • RF output power: 50 mW max. (ERP) • Modulation / Bit rate: Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth: 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D.: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): > 120 dB(A) • Audio input: TB3M / 3-pole mini-XLR socket (max. 2.5 Vrms) • Input Impedance: 1 M-Ohm ≥ 8 hours LR6 AA alkaline batteries • Battery life: ≥ 8 hours AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, > 2100 mAh) • Dimensions: 83.5 mm (3.3 in.) × 64.1 mm (2.5 in.) x 22 mm (0.86 in.) (w x h x d) • Net weight: 82 g (2.9 oz.) without batteries • Standard accessories: 2 AA-size LR6 batteries, belt clip • Optional accessory: RMS 4000 external mute switch

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:11 Seite 88

WMS 4500

Wireless system with network capability for installed and live sound. Maximum performance – ultra-compact dimensions.

Theater, onstage miking Conference Houses of worship Live sound Sound/AV companies • True diversity receiver with all-metal case

• output for controlling external devices

• Available in eight UHF bands 30 MHz wide • Integrated data interface for controlling and monitoring from a PC via System ArchitectTM each, with up to 1,200 selectable frequencies • Using several frequency bands allows up to 70 channels to be operated simultaneously • Transmitter battery status monitoring and tone code squelch • Auto Setup, Environment Scan, and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup • Backlit, programmable color display and jog wheel with selectable warning signal for ease of use

SR 4500

WMS

The SR 4500 true diversity receiver provides maximum ease of use and the widest range of functions in its class. Its accurate battery life readout is a previously unavailable, invaluable advantage in live sound applications. A complete line of accessories makes the SR 4500 your first choice for every application.

The transmitter uses a pilot tone to transmit battery status data to the receiver that displays the remaining battery capacity. The pilot tone decoder also allows the detection and display of other important information including the current position of the transmitter MUTE switch.

Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions automatically analyze the local RF environment, find usable frequency groups, and set frequencies. The optional HUB 4000 Q integrates the SR 4500 into a HiQnet® system. With the PC control software System ArchitectTM setting up and monitoring highly complex systems is incredibly easy. A logic output allows remote control of external devices, e.g., an automatic microphone mixer.

SR 4500 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: Signal/noise ratio: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) typical balanced 3-pin XLR; unbalanced TS 1/4" jack; output level adjustable to -30, 0, +6 dB 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 972 g (2.2 lbs.) Prack mounting kit, 2 UHF antennas

Naturally, the SR 4500 operates in an extremely wide UHF band (30 MHz) and each frequency preset provides up to 19 intermodulation-free channels*. The maximum number of selectable frequencies is 1200. Using several frequency bands allows you to operate as many as 70 channels simultaneously.

A large, backlit color display and a jog wheel make the SR 4500 easy to use and a programmable LED ring indicates important system parameters at a glance. Housed in a half-rack, all-metal case, the SR 4500 is the most compact, reliable, and powerful UHF receiver in its price bracket.

Item number: The item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country. * The actual number of channels that can be used simultaneously depends on local frequency plans.

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:11 Seite 89

WMS 4500 • Up to 50 mW RF output for maximum immunity to interference and dropouts • Operates for up to 15 hours on AA size dry batteries, 12 hours on optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management System • 30 MHz wide UHF band, up to 1200 selectable frequencies • Choice of six interchangeable microphone elements • Backlit display and jog switch for ease of use • Charging contacts for easy battery charging on optional charger

HT 4500

4500 HT 4500 is a professional handheld transmitter with a rugged body and connects to a choice of six different microphone elements to cover a wide range of applications. Microphone elements include dynamic and condenser cardioid and hypercardioid models. The 30 MHz wide UHF band provides up to 1200* selectable frequencies, and several preset frequency banks for various countries help you set up a multichannel system very quickly. A backlit display makes it very easy to tune the HT 4500 to the same frequency as the SR 4500 receiver. A pilot tone system continuously sends transmitter status data including MUTE switch position and remaining battery life to the receiver. Integrated charging contacts let you charge the optional BP 4000 battery pack without having to remove it from the transmitter. After only one hour, the battery pack will be fully charged and you can use the transmitter for 12 hours continuously.

Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

HT 4500 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio: RF radiation: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Net weight: • Standard accessories:

Microphones for HT 4500:

D 5 WL 1

D 7 WL 1

C 5 WL 1

C 535 WL 1

To give you maximum flexibility in tailoring a WMS 4500 system to your voice, application and budget, there is a large selection of microphone capsules available. For handheld use, choose between the smooth, powerful sound of the D 5 or D 7 dynamic capsules and the clear articulate sound of the C 535 EB or C 5 condenser capsules.

Item numbers: D 5 WL 1 C 5 WL 1 D 7 WL 1 C 535 WL 1

3082X00010 3082X00020 3082X00030 2782Z00150

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) 50 mW max. (ERP) 2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ.; BP 4000: 12 hours typ. length: 247 mm (9.7 in.); diameter: approx. 39 mm (1.5 in.) 125 g (11.3 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, SA 63 stand adapter

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 90

• Bodypack transmitter with rugged aluminium body • 30 MHz wide UHF band, up to 1200 selectable frequencies • Backlit display and jog switch for ease of use • Up to 50 mW RF output for maximum immunity to interference and dropouts • Optional remote mute switch • Operates for up to 15 hours on AA size dry batteries, 12 hours on optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management System • Charging contacts for easy battery charging on optional charger

PT 4500

WMS

Bodypack transmitter with rugged die-cast magnesium body. The 30 MHz wide UHF band provides up to 1200* selectable frequencies, and several preset frequency banks for various countries help you set up a multichannel system very quickly.

Microphones for PT 4500: The lavalier and head-worn models listet below are compatible with the DPT 700, PT 4500, PT 470, PT 450 and PT 45 bodypack transmitters.

A backlit display makes it very easy to tune the PT 4500 to the same frequency as the SR 4500 receiver. A pilot tone system continuously sends transmitter data including MUTE switch position and remaining battery life to the receiver. Integrated charging contacts let you charge the optional BP 4000 battery pack without having to remove it from the transmitter.

After only one hour, the battery pack will be fully charged and you can use the transmitter for 12 hours continuously. The 3-pin mini XLR input with adjustable gain accommodates both portable instruments and a variety of AKG microphones for every application. An optional RMS 4000 remote mute switch allows the user to mute the transmitter without having to fumble for the on-board mute switch.

Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

PT 4500 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio: RF radiation:

HC 577 L

CK 97-C/L

C 520 L

C 411 L

C 417 L

C 518 ML

CK 99 L

C 519 ML

CK 77 WR L

C 516 ML

For lavalier and headset applications, you have a choice of broadcast/concert proven AKG models with a range of pickup patterns, size and other features. No other company gives you more options to customize a wireless system than the AKG WMS 4500.

Item numbers: HC 577 L C 520 L C 555 L C 417 L CK 99 L CK 77 WR

3141Z00110* 3066X00060* 3066H00200* 2577X00080 6000H51040 L 2441Z00390 L/P 2441Z00400

• Battery life: 500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) typical 50 mW max. (ERP)

C 555 L

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

CK 97-C/L C 411 L C 518 ML C 519 ML C 516 ML

2497Z00080 2571Z00030 3064X00120* 3065X00120* 3063X00120*

* (6 units multipack version)

2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ.; BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack: 12 hours typ. 70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.) 95 g (3.4 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip RMS 4000 external mute switch

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 91

WMS 4500 • Charger with two charging compartments for two HT 4500, PT 4500 transmitters, or BP 4000 battery packs • Smart current management system permanently monitors battery parameters to prevent overcharging and suggest recovery cycle • Microprocessor controlled charge/discharge monitoring function • Fully charged BP 4000 battery pack lasts for 12 hours and can be charged more than 1000 times to keep operating cost low • One-hour quick charging of two transmitters

173

CU 4000 BP 4000

4500 The CU 4000 charger provides two dedicated compartments for charging two HT 4000/4500, PT 4000/4500, or SPR 4 transmitters or two battery packs at the same time. The heart of the supply system is the BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack with built-in active monitoring circuitry. An integrated microprocessor continuously monitors battery status and accurately calculates the remaining battery life. This puts an end to the nightmare of batteries failing in the middle of a performance.

A processor controlled pulse charging system charges the battery pack quickly yet gently, and the integrated "Charge Balance Management" feature makes sure that only as much energy is fed to the battery pack as had previously been drawn from it. In addition, several monitoring circuits and a temperature sensor prevent the battery pack from being overcharged. A self-discharge counter does not only measure battery discharge during operation but also determines the charge level after prolonged storage periods. As charging begins, the BP 4000 circuitry sends all relevant data to the CU 4000 charger to "tailor" the charging process exactly to the needs of the battery pack.

To eliminate memory effect (that reduces the capacity of most rechargeable batteries over time), data communication between the BP 4000 and CU 4000 enables the charger to warn the user that the battery pack needs a recovery cycle. Pressing the front panel RECOVERY button starts an automatic sequence of charging/discharging cycles that refreshes the battery pack, determines its actual capacity, and resets the capacity counter for accurate battery life indication. The BP 4000 plus CU 4000 system is an investment that helps reduce battery cost from the start and reduces environmental hazards from used batteries.

CU 4000 • Charging current: • Operating voltage: • Charging time: • Recovery cycle: • Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

CU 4000 charger with HT 4500 and PT 4500

BP 4000

Item numbers: CU 4000 w/o power supply EU power supply US power supply UK power supply

2887X00060 7801H00050 7801H00060 7801H00070

1.5 A 12 V DC, 1.3 A 1 hour typical approx. 8 hours approx. 92 x 173 x 85 mm (3.6 x 6.8 x 3.3 in.) 580 g (1.2 lbs.) 2 BP 4000 battery packs, power supply

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 92

AKG System Architect plug-in • Control and monitor multichannel wireless systems from a PC

connect. configure. control.

• User interface optimized for monitoring and setting up large wireless systems • 1 Click Setup function provides automatic frequency setup and management for the wireless system with a single click.

Wireless System

• Tools like Device Manager, Environment Scan, RF Monitor, and Programmer Guide for manual system setup HUB 4000 Q

• Custom Control Panels for easy control interface customizing The Harman System Architect™ PC software will automatically identify all HUB 4000 Qs connected to the computer. The channel-oriented user interface in System Architect™ provides intuitive monitoring of all wireless channels. 1 Click Setup makes frequency management for your wireless system as easy as giving a single click. 1 Click Setup performs an Environment Scan, calculates discrete frequencies that work best in the scanned radio frequency environment, and programs these frequencies into the wireless receivers, all with a single click. Additional tools including Device Manager, Environment Scan, RF Monitor, and Programmer Guide make setting up, monitoring, and managing your wireless system easy and straightforward.

System Architect

HUB 4000 Q • HiQnet® Ethernet interface for connecting up to eight AKG devices to a HiQnet® network • Monitor and control a wireless system with Harman System Architect™ via HiQnet® • Monitor and control a wireless system with the AKG Wireless iPhone App via HiQnet®

The HUB 4000 Q enables you to connect up to eight AKG devices to any Harman Professional HiQnet® system. It is a true plug and play device, so all you need to do to install the HUB 4000 Q is connect it to your computer via a commercial CAT-5 network cable. For large wireless systems, you can of course add several HUB 4000 Qs using standard Ethernet switches (or routers, wireless hubs, etc.), allowing you to configure and monitor the entire setup from a single computer. The HUB 4000 Q quickly and easily integrates the DMS 700 and WMS 4500 wireless systems or the IVM 4 in-ear monitor system into any complex HiQnet® environment.

• • • • • • •

Power supply : Current consumption: Ambient temperature: Connectors for AKG devices : Connector for network card: Dimensions: Weight:

12 V DC +/- 2V 200 mA max. -10° C to +60° C RJ11 RJ45 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 970 g (2.2 lbs.)

44 136

• Supports DSR 700 (DMS 700), SST 4 (IVM 4), and SR 4500 (WMS 4500)

200

Item numbers: HUB 4000 Q w/o power supply: EU power supply: AC 12/EU US power supply: AC 12/US UK power supply: AC 12/UK

2999Z00140 7801H00010 7801H00020 7801H00030

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 93

HUB 4000 Q/HiQnet®

AKG Wireless iPhone App • Control and monitor multichannel wireless systems from an Apple iPhone, iPod touch, iPad via Wi-Fi™

connect. configure. control.

• RF Monitor for checking the radio link on stage • Single-touch frequency setup and management for the entire system • Wireless troubleshooting tool The AKG Wireless iPhone App enables you to monitor and control a complete AKG wireless system from your iPhone or iPod touch via Wi-Fi™. The AKG Wireless iPhone App is the fastest and easiest way to check the wireless connection between a transmitter and a receiver on stage. Its RF Monitor function lets you check and detect radio shadow areas right on stage. Finding dropouts is as easy as rotating the iPhone or iPod touch from portrait to landscape mode and pacing the stage. This starts RF Monitor that draws a graph of RF signal strength over time on the display, showing exactly where the RF signals drops below a usable level as you walk around. The App includes wireless troubleshooting functionality that helps you fix problems. It also lets you set up and configure the frequency management function for the entire wireless system with a single touch on your iOS device. Wireless devices are connected through an AKG HUB 4000 Q to the HiQnet® network, which is connected to a Wi-Fi™ router. The iPhone App controls and monitors the wireless system via Wi-Fi™ using the Harman HiQnet® protocol. The AKG Wireless iPhone App supports the DMS 700 professional digital wireless system, the WMS 4000/4500 analog wireless microphone systems, and the IVM 4 in-ear monitor system from AKG. The AKG Wireless iPhone app is available from the Apple iTunes Store. Visit www.akg.com/iphone for further information.

AKG HiQnet® iPhone application

System Architect / HiQnet ® • HiQnet® is a communications protocol or language for audio devices

connect. configure. control.

• System Architect™ is the software for central system control • System-wide intuitive configuration and monitoring • Built on standard network technologies HiQnet® is a communications protocol or language with which all device-types within the full audio signal path can communicate. The HiQnet® advantage: HiQnet® provides efficient configuration and control of complex audio systems as well as convenient monitoring of important parameters of all audio devices on the network. The HiQnet® protocol enables compatible devices from different manufacturers to be connected to the same HiQnet® network. For this purpose, HiQnet® uses standard network technology such as the Ethernet protocol or commercial CAT-5 network cables. The entire HiQnet® system is configured and controlled with a single software application – Harman Pro System Architect™. A comprehensive core PC application into which device-specific plug-ins developed by each Harman Pro brand can be loaded. System Architect™ has been written entirely from the ground up to achieve the goal of accommodating all requirements from all the links in a signal chain. System Architect™ has been optimized for use in both tour sound and installation environments and includes features enabling quick and easy system configuration for both disciplines. For more information, visit www.hiqnet.harmanpro.com

Product Panel

1 Click Setup

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 94

PS 4000 W

PSU 4000

ASU 4000

Multi-Coupler • Supplies antenna signal and DC power for four SR 450, SR 470 or SR 4500 receivers • Two expansion outputs allow signal cascading up to 3 additional PS 4000s from one antenna feed • Eight BNC antenna signal + DC outputs • LED status indicators that show antenna and/or cable problems

Central power supply • Powers up to 3 PS 4000s for DC connecting 12 SR 450, SR 470, SR 4500 • Powers CU 4000, HUB 4000 • 3 DC outputs • IEC power cable with universal power supply that operates anywhere in the world

Remote power supply Remote power supply for complex antenna networks • BNC input and output • Locking DC input • Status LED • Water-resistant case

Item number: 2997H000401)

Item number: 3009H00100

• Weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

500 to 865 MHz 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 dB switchable 2 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 10 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 12 VDC 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 970 g (2.2 lbs.) RMU 4000 MK PS connecting cable

• • • • • •

Input voltage: Frequency: Output voltage: Max. output current: Weight: Size:

90 VAC to 264 VAC 47 to 63 Hz 3 outputs, 12 VDC each DC OUT 1: 2.5 A, DC OUT 2-3: 2 A 1.3 kg (3.2 lbs.) 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: RF input: RF output: Operating voltage: Dimensions:

• Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 12 V DC 78 x 50 x 50 mm (3.1 x 2.0 x 2.0 in.) 167 g (5.9 oz.)

4000

Carrier frequency range: Gain: RF inputs: RF outputs: Operating voltage: Dimensions:

1) PSU

• • • • • •

AB 4000

SRA 2 W (Passive) SRA 2 B/W (Active)

RA 4000 W (Passive) RA 4000 B/W (Active)

High-performance antenna booster for inserting into long antenna cables. One AB 4000 can compensate for approx. 17 dB of cable attenuation. Up to three AB 4000 boosters can be used in series for extremely long cable runs. • BNC input and output • DC Input • Water-resistant case • Status-LED

Wideband directional antenna • For indoor or outdoor use, specifically, for setting up radio links for distances up to 300 m (1000 feet) • Integrated high-performance antenna booster for use with long cable runs (only SRA 2 B/W) • Water-resistant case, BNC output • Remote powering option and status LED

Omnidirectional wideband booster antenna • For indoor or outdoor use, specifically, for near-field antenna setups with no preferred direction • Integrated high-performance antenna booster for use with long antenna cables • Remote powering option and status LED • Rugged, water-resistant case, BNC output

Item number: SRA 2 W 3009H00150 SRA 2 B/W 3009H00160

Item number: 3009H00020

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Gain: Coverage angle: RF output: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

500 to 865 MHz approx. 17.5 to 3.5 dB, selectable 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 8 VDC from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 110 x 35 mm (4.3 x 1.4 in.) 150 g (5.3 oz.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: Coverage angle: Booster gain: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

Item number: RA 4000 W 2632H00310 RA 4000 B/W 2632H00320

500 to 865 MHz 4.5 dB 70° 17 dB 8 VDC from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable (only SRA 2 B/W) 230 x 240 x 26 mm (9 x 9.4 x 1.0 in.) 250 g (8.8 oz.)

• • • •

Carrier frequency range: Gain: RF output: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 17 dB 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 8 VDC/46 mA from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 220 x 38.5 mm (8.7 x 1.5 in.) 65 g (2.3 oz.)

HUB 4000 Q

ZAPD 21

RMS 4000

RMS 4/SPORT

Network integrator for connecting up to eight devices (DSR 700, SR 4500, SST 4) to an Ethernet network for programming and monitoring.

2-into-1 antenna combiner for indoor and outdoor use of near-field antenna setups. Can be used either to split signals or combine them as needed.

Remote Mute Switch The RMS 4000 lets a user mute and unmute the PT 450, PT 470 or PT 4500 transmitters easily, discreetly and securely when the transmitter is under vestments or a costume. Cable length: 110 cm (43 in.)

Perfect for football referees. Available only in the USA. www.akg.com/usa

Item number: 2999Z001402)

Item number: SERVSON760

Item number: 3009Z00120

2) The HUB 4000 Q/HUB 4000 and PS 4000 W with the stated item numbers include no power supply. Please order the appropriate power supply for each unit separately: EU: AC 12/EU 7801H00010, US: AC 12/US 7801H00020, UK: AC 12/UK 7801H00030

Item number: 2996Z001002)

w/o power cable 2997H00040 w/EU power cable 2997H00010 w/US power cable 2997H00020 w/UK power cable 2997H00030

System Components (WMS 4500/450/470)

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 95

System Components/Multi-Channel Systems

Multi-Channel Systems 2 x SRA 2B/W

PS 4000 W

WMS 450

WMS 4500

PS 4000 W

Example: 10-Channel System for Tour Sound

10 x SR 4500 DC Out 1 DC Out 2 DC Out 3

PSU 4000

Fitting all components into flight cases as well as the shortest possible setup time are essential for festivals with several acts performing in succession. While one performer is on stage, backstage preparations for the following act must be completed so that it can be started without any drawn-out interruptions due to alterations or soundchecks. Wireless systems in particular require meticulous RF and audio performance tests to be carried out before they are connected to the FOH mixer. The advanced software of the SR 4000 receiver makes all this easy. Rehearsal Mode, Auto Setup, and Frequency Scan are just a few of the features that help set up all the RF connections quickly and efficiently. In the example shown above, a complete 10-channel wireless system including antenna splitters, power supply unit, and headphone amplifiers can be fitted into a compact 8-space-rack. You can also fit two small flight cases with five chargers each for the transmitters, so that all transmitters can be charged completely and simultaneously within just one hour. And, the complete tour sound package takes up so little space it can be transported in a standard station wagon â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the ideal solution for any band on tour.

Specification: 10 x SR 4500 10 x HT/PT 4500 5 x CU 4000 1 x PSU 4000

True Diversity Receiver Handheld or bodypack transmitter Charging unit Central power supply

3 x PS 4000 W 2 x SRA 2 B/W 24 x MK PS 2 x MKA 20

Charging case including 5 CU

Another excellent choice for smaller touring sound systems is the WMS 450, which is compatible with many of the system expansion components of the WMS 4000 for cost-effective, yet state-of-the-art performance. For example, a complete 4-channel system including a PSU 4000 power supply unit and PS 4000 antenna multi-coupler with two front-mounted antennas will fit into a 3-space rack! All thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s necessary to hook it up is to connect a single power cable and the audio lines. All other components, such as the transmitter, can be stored in a 2-space-drawer.

Antenna splitter Active wideband directional antenna 0.65 m Antenna cable 20 m Antenna cable

Your dealer or the AKG Distributor for your country or region will be glad to help you in designing multichannel systems for your specific needs.

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 96

WMS 450

Highly flexible wireless system, easy to use and expandable for the most sophisticated applications.

Live sound Club music

The WMS 450 diversity system is your best choice for cost-efficient, high-performance multichannel systems. Up to 12 channels can be used simultaneously within the same frequency band and even large systems will work smoothly in environments hostile to RF transmission. Being compatible with professional WMS 4000 antenna splitters, power supplies, and high quality remote antennas, the WMS 450 enables you to set up highly complex wireless systems.

• Diversity receiver with all-metal case • Up to 12 channels can be used simultaneously in each frequency band • Auto Setup and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup

• Quick infrared transmission of all frequency and setup data to the transmitter • Programmable warning functions using two-color display backlighting to indicate critical operating conditions

SR 450

WMS

In Auto Setup mode, the receiver will scan the available bands, find an interference-free channel, and transmit the related frequency data to the assigned transmitter via infrared. This technique reduces the time it takes to set up a multichannel system to a few minutes. A Rehearsal function,

SETS

WMS 450 Vocal Set D 5 • 1 HT 450 handheld transmitter with D 5 microphone element, 1 SR 450 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

177

202,4

WMS 450 Vocal Set C 5 • 1 HT 450 handheld transmitter with C 5 microphone element, 1 SR 450 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

a programmable display clearly indicating all important system parameters, two-color display backlighting warning the user of critical conditions from a distance, and a transmitter battery status display on the receiver enhance reliability and add to ease of use.

WMS 450 Headworn Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 C 555 L head-worn microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

Item number: SR 450: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

WMS 450 Guitar Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 MKG L cable 2 antennas • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

SR 450 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD at 1 kHz: Signal-to-noise: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

WMS 450 Presenter Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 C 407 L lavalier microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 600 to 630, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typ. >120 dB(A) typ. balanced XLR and unbalanced TS 1/4" jack, balanced level switchable to -30 or 0 dBm approx. 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 972 g (2.2 lbs.) 2 antennas, power supply, rack mounting kit

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 97

• Extremely compact bodypack transmitter

• Infrared data download from receiver for instant setup

• Infrared data download for instant setup

• Long battery life (6 hours with single AA size dry battery, 8 hours with optional high performance rechargeable battery) for low operating cost

• Battery status display and data transmission

• Battery capacity display and data transmission

• Integrated charging contacts for charging batteries inside transmitter

• Ergonomically styled body with anti-slip finish for confident and easy handling

• Connector for external mute switch

HT 450

PT 450

73,5

• Available with D 5 or C 5 microphone element

176,2

WMS 450

• Professional mini XLR audio input

450 The HT 450 is a high-performance, compact handheld transmitter for a host of applications. It is available either with the well-balanced, powerful sound of the D 5 dynamic microphone or the detailed clarity of the C 5 condenser microphone. Many innovative features enhance both system reliability and user friendliness. An LC display indicates all important system data at a glance, including frequency, preset country code, available battery capacity, low battery capacity warning, as well as transmission status. An infrared transmission link will feed all frequency and setup data to the assigned transmitter within seconds. A noiseless ON-MUTE/PRG-OFF switch and status LED add to the transmitter's user-friendliness.

The PT 450 is a high-performance, compact bodypack transmitter for a host of applications. Many innovative features enhance both system reliability and user friendliness. An LC display indicates all important system data at a glance, including frequency, preset country code, available battery capacity, low battery capacity warning, as well as transmission status. An infrared transmission link will feed all frequency and setup data to the assigned transmitter within seconds. The PT 450 bodypack transmitter uses a rugged case, and the mini XLR input allows you to connect a wide selection of AKG microphones or portable instruments. A special jack lets you connect an optional external mute switch enabling the user to mute the audio signal even if the transmitter is difficult to reach. The available lavalier and head-worn microphones are listed on page 90.

CU 400 charger • • • •

Plug-in charging Two universal charging slots Charging time <2 hours Status LEDs

Item numbers: CU 400 2934H00040 w/o power cable 2934H00010 w/EU/US/UK power cable

HT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N Ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 600 to 630, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 790 to 820 and 835 to 865 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V LT6 AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.2 V HR6 NiMH, 2,100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 236.9 x 51.1 mm max. dia. (9.3 x 2 in.) 240 g (8.5 oz.) 1 AA size dry battery, stand adapter

Item number: HT 450 and PT 450: Item numbers depend on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

PT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 600 to 630, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 790 to 820 and 835 to 865 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V LR 6 AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.2 V HR6 NiMH, 2100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 90 g (3.2 oz.) 1 AA size battery, belt clip external mute switch

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 98

NEW

WMS 470

Setting up a high-end wireless system has never been so easy. The WMS 470 combines the advantages of the high-end WMS 4500 electronics with the user friendliness of an entry-level system.

Seminar & Conference Houses of worship Theater Live sound 44

• NEW automatic frequency setup function • Rugged and reliable for professional applications

177

202,4

• Up to 48 wireless channels and 16 channels within a single frequency band • Pilot tone system prevents unwanted noise • Space diversity receiver with all-metal case for reliable reception • AKG reference compander technology for superior sound • Quick and easy transmitter setup via infrared • Programmable warning functions

SR 470

WMS

The SR 470 lets you operate up to sixteen channels simultaneously within the same frequency band. You can even set up absolutely reliable systems with as many as 48 channels by using multiple frequency bands.

A line of professional accessories including the WMS 4000 antenna splitter, power supplies, and remote directional antennas makes it easier than ever to set up large wireless systems.

The display backlighting changes in color to warn the user of such critical operating conditions as transmitter battery running low, audio peaks, or low RF signal strength.

SETS

WMS 470 Vocal Set D 5

WMS 470 Vocal Set C 5

• 1 HT 470 handheld transmitter with D 5 microphone element, 1 SR 470 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 UHF antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

• 1 HT 470 handheld transmitter with C 5 microphone element, 1 SR 470 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 UHF antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

WMS 470 Instrumental Set

• 1 PT 470 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 470 receiver 1 MKG L instrument cable • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 UHF antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

Item number: SR 470: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on combinations available in your country.

WMS 470 Sports Set

WMS 470 Presenter Set

• 1 PT 470 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 470 receiver 1 C 544 L head-worn microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 UHF antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

• 1 PT 470 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 470 receiver 1 C 407 L lavalier microphone 1 C 555 L head-worn microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 UHF antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

SR 470 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD at 1 kHz: Signal-to-noise: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 99

WMS 470

• Powered by a single dry or rechargeable AA size battery • Long battery life (14 hours with lithium batteries, 6 hours with single AA size dry battery, 8 hours with optional high performance rechargeable battery) for low operating cost • Infrared data download from receiver for instant setup

• Noiseless ON/OFF switch • Long battery life (14 hours with lithium batteries, 6 hours with single AA size dry battery, 8 hours with optional high performance rechargeable battery) for low operating cost

176,2

• Noiseless ON/OFF switch

• Up to 50 mW output power for long range

73,5

• Up to 50 mW output power for long range

• Infrared data download from receiver for instant setup • Battery capacity display • Battery status information transmitted to receiver

• Battery capacity display

• Integrated charging contacts for charging batteries inside transmitter

• Battery status information transmitted to receiver

• Available with legendary D 5 or C 5 microphone element

• Integrated charging contacts for charging batteries inside transmitter

• Extremely compact bodypack transmitter • Professional mini XLR audio input

• Available with legendary D 5 or C 5 microphone element

• Connector for external mute switch

HT 470

PT 470

The HT 470 high-end handheld transmitter is a rugged tool built to take even very rough handling. It is available either with the legendary sound of the D 5 dynamic microphone or the detailed clarity of the C 5 condenser microphone. Up to 50 mW output power and the unique dipole transmitter antenna ensure reliable transmission and a long range even if the user covers the antenna with their hand.

The PT 470 is an extremely compact bodypack transmitter for high-end installed systems and onstage applications.

470 Item numbers: HT 470: Item numbers depend on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on combinations available in your country.

It features a sturdy case, and the professional mini XLR input provides a convenient interface for either an instrument or any compatible microphone from AKG or other manufacturers. A dedicated jack lets you connect an optional external mute switch enabling the user to mute the audio signal even if the transmitter is difficult to reach. The available lavalier and head-worn microphones are listed on page 90. Item number: PT 470: Item numbers depend on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on combinations available in your country.

CU 400 charger • • • •

Plug-in charging Two universal charging slots Charging time <2 hours Status LEDs

Item numbers: CU 400 2934H00040 w/o power cable 2934H00010 w/EU/US/UK power cable

HT 470 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N Ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 600 to 630, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 790 to 820 and 835 to 865 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V LR6 AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ. 1.5 V FR6 AA size lithium battery: 14 hours typ. 1.2 V HR6 (NiMH) ≥2,100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 236.9 x 51.1 mm max. dia. (9.3 x 2 in.) 240 g (8.5 oz.) 1 LR6 AA size dry battery, stand adapter

PT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 600 to 630, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 790 to 820 and 835 to 865 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V LR6 AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.5 V FR6 AA size lithium battery: 14 hours typ. 1.2 V HR6 (NiMH) ≥2,100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 90 g (3.2 oz.) 1 AA size battery, belt clip external mute switch

Wireless Systems

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 100

PERCEPTION WIRELESS

The plug and play wireless solution. Specifically tailored to your needs, from single-channel applications and individual configurations to multichannel systems

Live sound Houses of worship Conference Sound/AV company, Gyms • 30 MHz selection bandwidth (depending on local frequency plans) • Professional balanced XLR output • Audio clip LED on receiver

200 43,9

• Switched mode power supply • Adjustable squelch level • Plug and play solution

SR 45

Perception The Perception Wireless Systems delivers brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. It is the optimum solution for small stages and clubs, places of worship, hotels, and gyms. The SR 45 receiver provides professional XLR and ¼” jack outputs as well as audio gain and squelch threshold controls.

The following complete Perception Wireless Systems are available:

Perception Wireless Vocal Set • 1 HT 45 handheld transmitter with dynamic microphone element, 1 SR 45 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter

Perception Wireless Instrumental Set • 1 PT 45 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 45 receiver 1 MKG L instrument cable • 1 AA size battery, universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter

Item number: SR 45: The item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on combinations available in your country.

Perception Wireless Sports Set • 1 PT 45 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 45 receiver 1 C 544 L head-worn microphone • 1 AA size battery, universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter

SR 45 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD at 1 kHz: Signal-to-noise: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

100

Perception Wireless Presenter Set • 1 PT 45 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 45 receiver 1 CK 99 L lavalier microphone • 1 AA size battery, universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter

530 to 560, 600 to 630, 748 to 778, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM 40 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typ. >105 dB(A) typ. Balanced XLR and unbalanced 1/4" (6.3 mm) jack: adjustable from mic to line level. Output level at rated deviation: 500 mV rms approx. 200 x 44 x 150 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 5.9 in.) 360 g (12.7 oz.)

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 101

Perception Wireless • 30 MHz selection bandwidth (depending on local frequency plans)

• 30 MHz selection bandwidth (depending on local frequency plans)

• Eight hours of operation with a single AA size battery

• Professional mini XLR connector • Eight hours of operation with a single AA size battery

• Low battery status indicator

• Compatible with all AKG MicroMics

• Noiseless on/off/mute switch

• Low battery status indicator

• Noiseless on/off/mute switch

176,2

• Smallest and lightest bodypack transmitter in its class

73,5

• Gain control

HT 45

PT 45

Wireless The HT 45 handheld transmitter offers up to eight selectable carrier frequencies in a subband up to 30 MHz wide within the 500 to 865 MHz UHF carrier frequency range. It provides high gain before feedback and brilliant sound quality, as well as a built-in wind and pop filter to reduce wind and breath noise. Selecting preset frequencies is as easy as pressing a single button, and a dedicated slide switch lets you set the audio input gain to HI or LOW as required.

You can use the PT 45 bodypack transmitter with all AKG MicroMic Series or other headworn and lavalier microphones. The MKG L instrument cable allows you to connect any electric guitar, bass, or portable keyboard, etc. A tiny screwdriver integrated in the battery compartment cover makes it very easy to adjust the hidden input gain control. The PT 45 provides up to eight selectable carrier frequencies in a subband up to 30 MHz wide within the 500 to 865 MHz UHF carrier frequency range. The available lavalier and head-worn microphones are listed on page 90.

Item numbers: HT 45: Item numbers depend on frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on combinations available in your country.

Item number: PT 45: Item numbers depend on frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on combinations available in your country.

HT 45 • Carrier frequency ranges:

PT 45 • Carrier frequency ranges:

• • • • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N Ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life: Dimensions: Weight: Standard accessories:

530 to 560, 600 to 630, 748 to 778, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM 70 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >105 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1.5 V AA size battery: 8 hours typ. 229 x dia. 53 mm (9 x 2.1 in.) 214 g (7.5 oz.) 1 AA size dry battery, stand adapter

• • • • • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

530 to 560, 600 to 630, 748 to 778, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM 40 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >105 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1.5 V AA size battery: 8 hours typ. 60 x 74 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 60 g (2.1 oz.) 1 AA size battery, belt clip external mute switch

Wireless Systems

101

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 102

LIVE

WIRELESS

STUDIO

HEADPHONES

AKG Perception App Swiping, tapping and exploring was never so much fun! Find out what AKG Perception can do for you:

This innovative and interactive app allows vocalists, drummers, guitarists, keyboard players and producers a unique and comprehensive insight into the technical prowess of the Perception range with a host of wicked functions and super cool, slick visual imagery dedicated to different music and recording environments.

102

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:12 Seite 103

WMS 40 MINI

NEW

The plug & play wireless solution

Live sound Houses of Worship Conference Sound/AV company, Gyms

HT 40 PRO MINI Ø 52,5

PT 40 PRO MINI SR 40 PRO MINI

133,3

75,5

• Plug & Play

72,5

• 30 hours off a single AA battery

230

Ø 40,4

• HDAP (High Definition Audio Performance)

132

WMS 40 MINI All WMS 40 Mini vocal and instrumental systems share the same brilliant sound and ease of use at an unbeatable price/performance ratio.

Unique HDAP (High Definition Audio Performance) technology ensures the best possible, most realistic sound at any time.

The SR 40 Mini receiver provides three status LEDs indicating ON/OFF status, received signal strength (RF OK), and audio clipping (AF CLIP). The VOLUME control sets the level at the ¼" output jack. The supplied switched mode power supply operates on any AC voltage from 110 to 240 VAC and includes EU, UK, and US adapters. The rugged HT 40 Mini handheld transmitter features an ON/OFF/MUTE switch and a sturdy wire-mesh cap protecting the cardioid dynamic microphone element. The PT 40 Mini bodypack is probably the smallest and lightest transmitter in its class. A reliable mini XLR output allows you to connect every compatible AKG miniature microphone. A single AA size battery will do to power both the transmitter and a condenser microphone connected to it.

Battery life for each WMS 40 Mini transmitter is the same legendary "30 hours off a single AA battery" as for the WMS 40 models, reducing the need to replace batteries and thus saving real money in the long run.

• • • • • • • • •

Carrier frequency: Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noise ratio: Power requirement: Audio outputs: Battery life: Dimensions: Weight:

SR 40 MINI 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 110/240 VAC bal. 1/4" jack, output level, adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV 133 x 43 x 132 mm (5.2 x 1.7 x 5.2 in.) 581 g (1.3 lbs.)

WMS 40 Mini Vocal Set • SR 40 Mini • HT 40 Mini • 1 AA size battery, universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter

WMS 40 Mini Instrumental Set • • • •

SR 40 Mini PT 40 Mini MKG L cable 1 AA size battery, universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter

Item numbers: The item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

PT 40 MINI 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 40 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP)

HT 40 MINI 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 40 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP)

1 AA size battery, typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 60 x 75.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 3 x 1.2 in.) 60 g (2.1 oz.)

1 AA size battery, typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 230 x 52.5 dia. mm (9 x 2 in.) 195 g (6.95 oz.)

Wireless Systems

103

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:13 Seite 104

IVM 4

Wireless in-ear monitor system with unique signal processing capabilities for live applications and professional installations

207

Live sound Sound companies Theater Places of worship • Stereo transmitter with compact all-metal case 200

• Professional digital signal processing: dbx compressor, EQ, binaural room, simulations for a natural listening experience • RF output adjustable up to 100 mW • Available in four 30 MHz wide UHF bands with 1200 frequencies each • Preprogrammed frequency preset banks • Backlit display and jog control for ease of use

SST 4 The SST 4 is the first stereo transmitter ever to combine all the features required for professional in-ear monitoring in a single, compact device. The SST 4 allows the input signal to be processed individually to meet the requirements of both the artist and the sound system environment. An integrated dbx compressor, many EQ settings, and optimized binaural room simulation algorithms provide outstanding high performance signal processing flexibility. Preprogrammed frequency preset banks ensure an easy and reliable startup. Up to 14 intermodulation-free channels* can be used within a 30 MHz wide UHF band. In addition, up to 1200 frequencies can be selected manually. These features allow the IVM 4 to be used together with any AKG WMS 400 or WMS 4000 wireless microphone system. The SST 4 lets you adjust the RF output within the approved range, which is particularly important when the in-ear monitor system is used together with a complex wir eless microphone system. This allows optimum system matching for improved reliability. A complete line of accessories is available for multichannel applications. A large, backlit display gives a clear picture of all important settings and levels. When used in dark environments, the brightness of the display can be reduced. The input signal level is digitally adjustable within a range of ±20 dB. A pair of Loop Out jacks carries the unprocessed input signal for daisy-chaining several SST 4s. Unique integrated signal processing for a natural listening experience and a complete set of inputs and outputs make the SST 4 an ideal tool for professional applications.

SST 4 • RF carrier frequency range: • Modulation: • RF radiation: • Audio Bandwith: • THD: • Signal/noise ratio: • Audio Inputs: • Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

104

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM, MPX Stereo up to 100 mW 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typical >90 dB(A) typical 2 x XLR/jack hybrid connector; max. 10 dBV 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 1,070 g (2.36 lbs) Power supply, RMU 4000 rack mounting kit, Color Coding Kit, UHF antenna

IVM Item number: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

* The actual number of channels that can be used simultaneously depends on local frequency plans.

SETS**

IVM 4 Set • 1 SST 4 stereo transmitter 1 SPR 4 bodypack stereo receiver 1 pair of IP 2 earphones • 1 rod antenna, 1 rack mounting kit, 2 AA size batteries, 12-pc. color code set, 1 AC adapter **SST 4 also available separately.

SPR 4 Set • 1 SPR 4 bodypack stereo receiver 1 pair of IP 2 earphones • 2 AA size batteries

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:13 Seite 105

IVM 4 • High-quality, high-comfort earphones

105

• Bodypack receiver with rugged magnesium case

• Excellent, wide-range audio reproduction

• Combined on/off and volume control for ease of use

• Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions for identifying clean frequencies

• High isolation for ambient-noise rejection • Inconspicuous finish

• Operates for up to eight hours off two AA size dry batteries, seven hours off optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management system.

12 27

• Backlit display and jog control for ease of use • Received signal strength and battery status metering • Bottom panel contacts for direct battery charging on optional charger • Individual mix function

SPR 4

IP 2

The SPR 4 bodypack receiver features a rugged die-cast magnesium case. Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions for finding clean frequencies make setting up extremely easy. The 30 MHz bandwidth allows manual selection of 1200 frequencies or the system chooses from preprogrammed frequency preset banks.The SPR 4 provides a backlit display and jog control for ease of use. The display indicates the received signal strength and battery status along with other parameters. Integrated charging contacts allow the optional BP 4000 battery pack to remain inside the receiver whilst being charged on the CU 4000 charger (optional).The BP 4000 will be charged to capacity in only one hour, and can power the SPR 4 for about seven hours.

The IP 2 earphones connect to the SPR 4 bodypack receiver. These high quality earphones provide a wide-range sound with sharply contoured bass reproduction as well as excellent isolation to suppress high ambient noise levels encountered, e.g., on a loud concert stage. An integrated sliding cable tie and the supplied soft-rubber earmolds in three different sizes enable the earphones to adapt to every shape of ear and head.

The IP 2 earphones are included in the IVM 4 Sets and in the SPR 4 Sets and are also available single packed.

The only control the artist needs to operate is an ergonomically shaped volume control with integrated on/off switch. Placed in the center of the SPR 4 top panel, the volume control with its clearly discernible detents can be operated intuitively even if it is positioned outside the user's field of vision. An Individual mix function allows a personalized monitor mix to be set up even where only a small sound system with no separate monitor mixer is available. To accommodate the individual preferences of users, the SPR 4 has been designed to drive a large number of different types of earphones. Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

Item number: 3052H00040

SPR 4 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • Modulation: • Audio Bandwith: • THD • Signal/noise ratio • Channel separation • Audio Output • Battery Life

IP 2 • Frequency Range: • Sensitivity: • Max. Input Power: • Rated impedance: • Connector: • Weight: • Cable:

• • • •

Dimensions Weight Standard accessories Optional Accessories

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM, MPX Stereo 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typical >90 dB(A) typical >40 dB(A) 3.5 mm jack, 150 mW (rms)/16 ohms 6 to 10 hours, volume dependent, 2 AA batteries or BP 4000 70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.) 165 g (5.82 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip, Color Coding Kit BP 4000 with CU 4000 Charging Unit

12 to 23,500 Hz 121 dB SPL/V 25 mW 16 Ohm 3.5 mm stereo jack 3 g (0.11 oz.) 1.15 m/3.8 ft.

Wireless Systems

105

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:13 Seite 106

IVM 4

Wireless in-ear monitor system with unique signal processing capabilities for live applications and professional installations

Accessories SPC 4

SRA 2 W

RA 4000 W

Wide-band antenna combiner • Combines antenna signals of up to four SST 4 stereo transmitters • Powers transmitters via antenna lines • Daisy-chaining capability for setting up multichannel systems

Passive wide-band directional antenna • For indoor and outdoor use, preferred-direction coverage • Water-resistant, rugged case with BNC input

Passive wide-band omnidirectional antenna • For indoor and outdoor use, coverage with no preferred direction • Water-resistant, rugged case with BNC input

Item number: 3053Z00010

• • • • • • •

Item number: 3009Z00150

RF carrier frequency range: System Gain: RF Inputs: RF Output: Operating Voltage: Power Supply (for SST4): Dimensions:

• Weight: • Standard Accessories: • Optional Accessories:

500 to 865 MHz 0 dB 4 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 12 VDC/900mA 12 VDC/2A 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 1,193 g (2.63 lbs) Rack Mounting kit MK PS connecting cable

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: Coverage angle: RF Input: Dimensions:

• Weight:

Multi-Channel Systems

Item number: 2632Z00310

500 to 865 MHz 4 dB 70° 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 268 x 268 x 25 mm (10.6 x 10.6 x 1 in.) 287 g (10.1 oz.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: RF Input: Dimensions: Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 1 dB 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 240 x 38.5 mm (9.4 x 1.5 in.) 65 g (2.3 oz.)

Example of a four-channel IVM 4 system

Example of a four-channel IVM 4 system SRA 2 W

The SPC 4 wideband antenna combiner allows the set up of large wireless in-ear monitor systems. A single antenna combiner enables the output signals of up to four SST 4 stereo transmitters to be combined into one composite antenna signal. Besides this antenna management function, the SPC 4 powers the SST 4 stereo transmitters connected to it, thus reducing the number of plug-in AC adapters in the rack. You can use either an SRA 2 W passive directional antenna or an RA 4000 W passive omnidirectional antenna for the wireless monitor system. The four-channel in-ear monitor system shown in the example drawing occupies only 3 U of rack space.

4 x SST 4 IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

SPC 4

IN 4

ANTENNA OUT

DC-SST

DC-SPC 4

DC OUT 1 DC OUT 2 Power cable Antenna cable

PSU 4000 Equipment: 4 x SST 4 4 x SPR 4 1 x SPC 4 1 x PSU 4000 1 x SRA 2 W 4 x MK PS 1 x MKA 5

106

Stereo Transmitter Stereo Pocket Receiver Power Combiner Central Power Supply Passive Wide-Band Directional Antenna 0.65 m antenna cable 5 m antenna cable

Illustration: Two channels of IVM 4 and four channels of WMS 450

1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch_1118_11_5_Wireless_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:13 Seite 107

Accessories/Multi-Channel Systems

Multi-Channel Systems

2 x SRA 2B/W

2 x ZAPD 21

Example Drawing: 8 Channels IVM 4 and 16 Channels WMS 4500 PS 4000 W

PS 4000 W

PS 4000 W 4 x SST 4

4 x SST 4 IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

DC-SST DC-SPC 4 ANTENNA OUT

ANTENNA OUT

SPC 4

IN 1

IN 2

SPC 4

DC-SST

DC-SPC 4

PS 4000 W

ANTENNA OUT

16 x SR 4500

DC-SPC 4

SRA 2 W

SPC 4

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

PSU 4000

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

PSU 4000

Example Drawing: 8 Channels IVM 4 and 16 Channels WMS 4500 Total mobility of performers on stage is not the only ingredient of a hot show. A personalized, true stereo CD-quality monitor mix makes every musician feel perfectly at ease. The minimal leakage of in-ear monitors makes crosstalk from onstage wedges a thing of the past. These benefits for both musicians and sound engineers make sure that every show will be a success. Using an IVM 4 wireless in-ear monitor system in conjunction with a WMS 4500 and/or WMS 450 wireless microphone system is a complete, single-source professional solution for any application including the most complex live acts. The PSU 4000 central power supply powers the rack mounted SPC 4 antenna combiners and PS 4000 antenna splitters. All transmitters and receivers in the system are powered via the internal antenna cables. What's more, this kind of multichannel system requires only a single transmitting antenna and two receiving antennas. In the example drawing shown on this page, the signals of eight SST 4 stereo transmitters are combined into a single antenna signal. The daisy-chaining capability of the antenna combiners allows up to 16 channels to be fed to a single antenna. The IVM 4 frequencies being coordinated with the wireless microphone frequencies, the setup-to-soundcheck time for a multichannel system including wireless in-ear monitors is not appreciably longer than for a conventional wireless microphone system alone. In the example drawing the entire wireless system including the SST 4 stereo transmitters, SPC 4 antenna combiners, SR 4500 and PS 4000 and PSU 4000 components occupies no more than 17 U of rack space. Equipment: 8 x SST 4 Stereo Transmitter 8 x SPR 4 Stereo Pocket Receiver 2 x SPC 4 Power Combiner 16 x SR 4500 True Diversity Receiver 16 x HT/PT 4500 Handheld or Portable Transmitter 12 x CU 4000 Charging Unit

3 x PSU 4000 Central Power Supply 4 x PS 4000 W Antenna Splitter 2 x SRA 2 B/W Active Wide-Band Directional Antenna 2 x SRA 2 W Passive Wide-Band Directional Antenna 2 x MKA 5 5 m Antenna Cable 2 x MKA 20 20 m Antenna Cable 48 x MK PS 0.65 m Antenna Cable

Picture: 4 Channels IVM 4 and 8 Channels WMS 4500

Your dealer or the AKG Distributor for your country or region will be glad to help you in designing multichannel systems for your specific needs.

107

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:53 Seite 108

Headphones K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ K 702 K 77 K 99 K 44 K 10

110 110 111 111 112 112 113 114 114 115 115

Headsets HSC 271 HSC 171 HSD 271 HSD 171

116 116 117 117

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 109

Headphones Headsets Headsets and headphones from AKG have become the worldwide professional industry standards. The diversity of AKGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s product range comprises optimum solutions for every application. Each headset or headphone includes the leading-edge technology, high-quality materials and exceptional performance AKG has been known for throughout the world.

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 110

Studio

• Professional circumaural hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• For onstage and studio use

• For broadcast and DJ use

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• High noise attenuation

• High ambient noise attenuation

• Automute feature mutes headphones when they are taken off

• Rugged construction for tough handling • Patented Varimotion speakers

• Patented Varimotion speakers

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

185

110

The newly designed AKG legend, K 271 MK II combines the benefits of AKG’s circumaural design for extreme comfort and a closed-back design for maximum isolation from ambient noise. Thanks to its XXL transducers, the K 271 MK II sounds clean, smooth and very rich. The K 271 MK II is the perfect choice for any application where sonic bleed could cause problems such as broadcast work. Another important feature of the K 271 MK II is the addition of a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off.

K 171 MK II The newly designed K 171 MK II combines the benefits of a closed-back design with the lightweight and comfort of supra-aural headphones.

The K 171 MK II is an excellent choice for DJ and broadcast applications where no sound can bleed from the headphones into live microphones. The closedback, loud and rugged design gives the K 171 MK II a different low-frequency character and maintains its comfort and flexibility.

Item numbers: K 271 MK II

2470X00190

Item numbers: K 171 MK II

2908X00190

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10020 2058Z10010

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10010 2908Z13010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

110

closed-back, dynamic headphones 91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 240 g (8.5 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

110

K 271 MK II

190

200

205

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 94 dB/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 200 g (7.1 oz.)/500 g (17.6 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 111

Headphones

Studio

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Self-adjusting headband for optimum fit

• Undistorted sound even at high volume levels

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• Semi-open, circumaural design

• Semi-open supraaural earphones

• Patented Varimotion speakers

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

190

110

K 141 MK II

110

200

K 240 MK II

200

190

The K 240 MK II is a newly updated version of AKG’s most successful headphones with Varimotion technology and XXL transducers. The K 240 MK II’s semi-open ear cups have around-the-ear coupling to deliver solid bass, accurate mids and crystal-clear highs.

The K 141 MK II is a newly updated version of the AKG legend with XXL transducers with Varimotion technology to deliver higher sensitivity, wide dynamic range and higher SPL, plus its lower impedance also allows it to be used with computers and other devices with low-power output.

Thanks to its lower impedance and improved sensitivity, it can be used with low-output audio sources to deliver its incredible sound. The detachable OFC cable has gold-plated plugs for easy transportation and years of loss-free signal transfer.

The gimbalsuspended earcups and self-adjusting headband makes these comfortable to wear. The detachable OFC cable has gold-plated plugs for easy transportation and years of loss-free signal transfer.

Item numbers: K 240 MK II

2058X00190

Item numbers: K 141 MK II

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10020 2058Z10010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V 15 to 25,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 240 g (8.5 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

2144X00190

EK 300 6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) EK 500 S 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) Earpads leatherette (single) 2144Z16010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 101 dB/mW, 114 dB/V 18 to 24,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 225 g (7.9 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

Headphones/Headsets

111

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 112

Professional DJ use

DJ use Small clubs and parties

• Professional DJ headphones • Stereo/mono selector

• Semi-professional DJ headphones

• High sound pressure level

• Closed-back design

• Professional 3D-Axis folding mechanism

• High sound pressure level • 3D-Axis folding mechanism

188

195

165

195

70 95

K 181 DJ

K 81 DJ

The K 181 DJ is the ultimate tool for professional DJs – high performance closed-back headphones with the best possible sound, and maximum SPL that should be exceptionally rugged and easy to bend or fold into any listening position.

Great sound for small venues. Semiprofessional DJs too need dependable equipment. The K 81 DJ fit the bill perfectly. Their closed-back earphones, for instance, provide optimum isolation from ambient noise.

The K 181 DJ have been designed in cooperation with leading international DJs. Their distinguishing features include 3D-Axis professional folding mechanism, high sound pressure level, closed-back earphones, stereo/mono selector, bass boost switch, frequency range from 5 Hz to 30 kHz, detachable cable, and rubberized finish.

Item number: K 181 DJ

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

112

Item number: K 81 DJ

3103H00010

• • • • • •

The K 81 DJ will take heavy usage easily, and their high SPL capability ensures excellent sound quality. Finally, their level of wearing comfort is as impressive as their powerful low end and accurate imaging. With AKG’s 3D-Axis folding mechanism for ease of handling the K 81 DJ fold down into a thin package and are ready for use anytime.

closed-back, dynamic headphones 120 dB/V 5 to 30,000 Hz 3,500 mW 42 ohms 1.8 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8“ to 1/4“ screw-on adapter 280 g (9.9 oz.)/597 g (21.1 oz.) coiled cable

• • • • • •

3102H00010

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable:

• Connector: • Stereo Adapter: • Net/shipping weight:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 16 to 24,000 Hz 2,000 mW 32 ohms 2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8“ to 1/4“ screw-on adapter 150 g (5.3 oz.)/343 g (12.1 oz.)

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 113

Headphones

Monitoring Mastering Mixing • Flat wire voice coil • Patented VarimotionTM two-layer diaphragm • “3D Form” ear pads for perfect fit

212

• Individually tested and numbered

113 199

K 702 The K 702 are the new reference for open-back dynamic AKG headphones. They combine an extremely accurate response with yet unseen agility and spaciousness. This is achieved by using revolutionary flat-wire voice coils and a patented VarimotionTM two-layer diaphragm. A totally open design and a high performance cable complete these reference headphones. Their comfortable, specially shaped “3D-form” ear pads and a padded genuine-leather headband ensure a perfect fit. They are individually tested and numbered. K 702 – experience pure perfection.

Item number: K 702

• • • • • • • • • •

2458Z00190

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

open-back, dynamic headphones 105 dB/V 10 to 39,800 Hz 200 mW 62 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) gold plated stereo jack plug 6.3 mm (1/4“) gold plated convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/4“ to 1/8“) 235 g (8.3 oz.)/850 g (30 oz.) coiled cable

Headphones/Headsets

113

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 114

Home recording Musical instruments Monitoring

Monitoring Noisy environment • Closed back circumaural headphones

• Semi-open hi-fi stereo headphones

• Excellent comfort

• Low weight for excellent comfort • Skin compatible leatherette ear pads • Excellent price/performance

215

185

K 77

K 99

The newly designed K 77 are cost-efficient headphones for various applications. These closed-back headphones are an all-round performer with solid bass and clean highs at a valuable price. A self-adjusting headband, leatherette earpads, and gimbal suspension ensure excellent comfort.

The newly designed K 99 are semi-open stereo headphones which combine excellent sound and optimum price/performance.

Item number: K 77

Item number: K 99

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09210

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

114

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 18 to 20,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug (1/8" to 1/4") 190 g (6.7 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

Self-adjusting headband, soft leatherette circumaural earpads, and low weight ensure pleasant fit. Large, high-performance 1.6 inch (40 mm) speakers provide a natural, uncolored sound.

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09230

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 112 dB/V 18 to 22,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug (1/8" to 1/4") 210 g (7.4 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 115

Headphones

Conference Tour guide Interpretation system Language lab, language school

Project studios Home recording • Closed back circumaural headphones

• Extremely rugged, supraaural dynamic headphones • Easy to clean, hygienic • Ideal conference headphones 170

106

200

215

165

K 44

K 10

The K 44 are cost-efficient headphones for different applications, as Project Studios and Home Recording. These closed-back headphones are a true all-round performer with solid bass and clean highs at a value price. The AKG self-adjusting headband, leatherette ear pads, and gimbal suspension ensure good comfort.

Item number: K 44

• • • • • • • • •

Ideal conference headphones.

Item number: K 10

6000H09170

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

Lightweight yet extremely rugged mono headphones. Plastic coated steel wire headband, individually adjustable supraaural earphones. Easy-to-clean, hygienic plastic earcups. Fully serviceable, single cable.

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 18 to 20,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/8" to 1/4") 190 g (6.7 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

• • • • • • • • • • •

2246Z00130

Type: Sensitivity: Frequency range: Impedance: Power handling capybility: THD: Headband pressure: Finish: Cable: Connector: Net/shipping weight:

Dynamic, supraaural/closed-back 98 dB SPL/1 mW 100 to 13,000 Hz 360 ohms 200 mW <1% 2.8 N black 1.5 m (5 ft.), single entry gold plated TS mini jack plug 72 g (2.5 oz.)/110 g (3.9 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

115

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 116

Studio and broadcast applications

On-air commentating on radio and TV

• Professional headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones

• Professional headset derived from K 171 Studio headphones

• Closed-back earphones for optimum ambient-noise attenuation

• Closed-back earphones • Shock mounted condenser microphone

• Shock mounted condenser microphone optimized for intelligibility of speech

• Switchable bass cut filter • Noiseless microswitch for automatic microphone muting

• Noiseless microswitch for automatic microphone muting • Headphones auto-mute function • Switchable bass cut filter

185

HSC 171

110

HSC 271

190

110

200

205

This professional headset has been designed specifically for broadcast use. Its high quality condenser microphone is shock mounted to minimize mechanical noise. Several connection cables allow a wide range of applications in the studio, for broadcasting, computer use, conferencing and intercom. The phantom power adapter integrated in the 3-pin XLR microphone connector provides a switchable bass cut filter. Complete with two pairs of (velour and leather) ear pads that are easy to remove and clean.

Supraaural, closed-back earphones make this professional headset the ideal choice for on-air use. Derived from the high quality, extremely accurate K 171 Studio headphones, the HSC 171 uses a speech optimized condenser microphone. Depending on your preferences or available space, you can place the microphone to the left or right of your mouth. The flexible microphone arm swivels through a 270-degree arc and mutes the microphone automatically as you move it up. The 3-pin XLR microphone connector provides an integrated phantom power adapter with a switchable bass cut filter.

Item number: HSC 271

Item number: HSC 171

2955X00290

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Power requirement: • Current consumption: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable: • Finish: • Weight:

116

prepolarized condenser microphone cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa 126 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector All headsets are supplied without connecting cable. Please have a look at our website for more information. matte black 300 g (10.6 oz.)/755 g (26.4 oz.)

2955X00280

• Finish: • Weight:

prepolarized condenser microphone cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa 126 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.4% 6-pin mini XLR connector All headsets are supplied without connecting cable. Please have a look at our website for more information. matte black 250 g (8.8 oz.)/720 g (25.2 oz.)

1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch_1118_11_6_Headphones_engl_fsch 10.03.11 19:54 Seite 117

Headsets

Recording studio and broadcast applications

Live sound use • Professional headset derived from K 171 Studio headphones • Closed-back earphones

• Professional headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones

• Shock mounted dynamic microphone

• Closed-back earphones for optimum ambient-noise attenuation

• Noiseless microswitch for automatic microphone muting

• Dynamic microphone optimized for intelligibility of speech • Shock mounted transducer • Noiseless microswitch for automatic microphone muting • Headphones auto-mute function 110

205

With its high quality dynamic microphone that is shock mounted to minimize mechanical noise, the HSD 271 is an ideal tool for high quality productions. AKG lightweight construction and the patented AKG self-adjusting headband ensure excellent comfort for many hours on end. Complete with two pairs of (velour and leather) ear pads that are easy to remove and clean.

Item number: HSD 271

HSD 171 Supraaural, closed-back earphones make this headset a truly professional tool for live sound use. Derived from the high quality, extremely accurate K 171 Studio headphones, the HSD 171 uses a speech optimized dynamic microphone that is shock mounted on a microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees.

Item number: HSD 171

2955X00260

2955X00270

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable: • Finish: • Weight:

110

HSD 271

200

205

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dB) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector All headsets are supplied without connecting cable. Please have a look at our website for more information. matte black 305 g (10.8 oz.)/760 g (26.6 oz.)

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dBV) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.4% 6-pin mini XLR connector All headsets are supplied without connecting cable. Please have a look at our website for more information. matte black 255 g (9 oz.)/725 g (25.4 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

117

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 118

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Windscreens W 23

W 30

W 32

W 44

For use with ball head microphones approx. 50 mm

For use with CK 31, CK 32, and CK 33

For use with microphones approx. 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter, e.g., CK 61-ULS

For use with C 520

Item number: 6000H06210

Item number: 2765H00300

Item number: 6000H06240

Item number: 2344Z01010

W 48

W 49

W 68

For use with CK 69-ULS

For use with C 568 B

Item number: 2568Z40010

Item number: 2568Z41010

Item number: 2168Z30010

W 77 W 77/P

W 77 M

For use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

Wire mesh windscreens for use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

Item number: 2421Z01010

Item number: black: 9999N06240 flesh-tone (/P): 9999N06250

Item numbers: black: 6000H05760 flesh-tone (/P): 6000H05780

W 77 Set

W 90

W 98

Windscreen-Set for use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

For use with AKG Blue Line capsules CK 91/92/93/94, and C 451 B

For use with CK 98

Item number: 6000H05750

Item number: 2496Z00010

Item number: 2439Z30010

W 70 For use with CK 47 and C 747 V11

118

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 119

Accessories

W 407

W 414 X

W 444

W 547

For use with C 417

For use with C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II and C 3000

For use with C 555 L

For use with C 547 BL

Item number: 2366Z06010

Item number: 2802Z05010

Item number: 2656Z10010

Item number: 2448Z00010

W 880

W 1000

W 3001

W 3004

W 4000

For use with ball head microphones approx. 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in.) in diam.

For use with C 1000 S

For use with ball head microphones approx. 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in.) in diam.

D 5, D 7, D 5 WL 1, D 7 WL 1, P 3 S, P 5 and P 5 S

For use with C 4000 B, C 4500 B-BC, Perception 120, 220, 420 and 820

Item number: 6001H05120

Item number: 2331Z14010

Item number: 2630Z00010

Item number: 2630H00040

Item number: 2802Z02010

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supports

H 30

H 40/1

H 41

Universal shock mount

Tie clip for use with all lavalier microphones

Tie pin for use with all lavalier microphones

Item number: 2183Z00010

Item number: 2544Z00030

Item number: 2544Z00020

H 47

H 50

H 85

Shock mount for use with C 747 V11

Stereo bar

Universal shock mount for all microphones with shaft diameters from 19 to 26 mm (0.75 to 1 in.), e.g. C 414 XLS und C 414 XL II.

Item number: 2423Z01010

Item number: 6000H05710

Item number: 2803Z00080

119

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 120

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supports/Stand Adapters H 500

H 600

SA 44

Shock mount for goosenecks with integrated XLR connector, e.g., CGN 321 E.

Shock mount for all goosenecks 8 mm (0.3 in.) in diameter including reducing socket A 608

For vocal microphones

Item number: 6000H01900

Item number: 2426X00030

Item number: 6001H06320

SA 47

SA 60

SA 61

For use with C 747 V11

For use with straight-shaft microphones

For use with conical-shaft microphones

Item number: 2186Z00050

Item number: 6000H60010

Item number: 6000H61010

SA 63 For use with WMS handheld transmitters Item number: 6000H63010

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Stands/Phantom Power Adapters/Cables ST 1

ST 45

ST 46

Folding mini tripod dia.: 260 mm (10 in.), h: 85 mm (3.3 in.)

Low-profile table stand w/off-center threaded stub dia.: 115 mm (4.5 in.)

Miniature stand for small microphonesdia.: 70 mm (2.8 in.), h: 45 mm (1.8 in.)

Item number: 6000H04200

Item number: 6000H03080

120

Item number: 6000H03060

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 121

Accessories

ST 305

B 18

B 29 L

Heavy-duty table stand dia.: 170 mm (6.7 in.), h: 95 mm (3.7 in.)

Battery operated phantom power supply for one condenser microphone

Battery operated power supply and mini mixer for one or two microphones with L-plug

Item number: 6000H03050

Item number: 2198H00020

Item number: 6000H04620

MPA V L

MKG L

Phantom power adapter with XLR connector for L type MicroMic microphones with integrated bass roll-off switch.

Instrument cable for wireless bodypack transmitters.

Item number: 3170H00020

Item number: 2455Z00500

Other Accessories

GNS 36

MF-DA

MSH 70

360 mm (14 in.) gooseneck, black

Mounting flange for use with GN Series

Short gooseneck for use with C 747 V11

Item number: 6000H03440

Item number: 2647Z00010

Item number: 2419M01020

PF 80

PS 3 F-LOCK

SHZ 80

Universal pop filter for use with vocal recording microphones

Lockable panel-mount XLR connector for goosenecks with integrated 3-pin XLR connector, e.g., CGN 321 E.

Slotted screw link for use with C 747 V11

Item number: 6000H06320

Item number: 2425Z00010

Item number: 2416Z01020

121

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 122

Accessories Matrix

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones 122

H 600

H 47

H 41

H 40/1

n n

H 85

H 30

W 4000

W 3004

W 3001

W 1000

W 880

W 547

W 444

W 414

W 407

W 98

W 90

W 77 Set

W 77 M

W 77, W 77/P

W 80

W 70

W 68

W 48/ W 49

W 44

W 32

W 30

W 23

H 50

C 12 VR C 451 B/C451 B/ST C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230 C 480 B/ULS 61 CK 69-ULS C 391 B CK 98 Perception 820 Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB C5 C 535 EB D 7/D 7 S BBB DFive D 5/D 5 S D 770 D 44 S,D 55 S,D 77 S,D 88 S P3S P 5/P 5 S D 112 D 40 C 430 P2 P4 C 518 M, C 519 M C 518 ML, C 519 ML C 411 L C 516 ML HC 577 C 544 L C 520 C 555 L CK 77 WR C 417 CK 99 L GN E/GN ESP Serie GN Serie GN E 5Pin Serie GN 155 Set CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47 CK 80 CGN 99 C/S, CGN 99 C/L CGN 99 H/S, CGN 99 H/L D 58 E DGN 99 E HM 1000, CHM 99 C 747 V11 C 547 BL CBL 99, C 562 CM C 568 B

Supports

H 500

Lavalier Microphones

Headworn Microphones

Clip-on Microphones

Instrumental Microphones

Handheld Microphones

Recording and Broadcast Microphones

Product

Windscreens

n n

n n n

n n

n n n n

n n n

n n

n n n n

n n n

n n

n n n

n n

All accessories listed above are available separately. Accessories supplied as standard with specific products are listed in the specifications tables for the appropriate products.

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 123

Accessories Matrix

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones

Lavalier Microphones

Headworn Microphones

Clip-on Microphones

Instrumental Microphones

Handheld Microphones

Recording and Broadcast Microphones

SHZ 80

PS 3 F-LOCK

PF 80

MSH 70

MF-DA

Other Accessories

GNS 36

MPA V L

B 29 L

B 18

Phantom Power Adapters

ST 46

ST 45

ST 1

SA 63

SA 61

SA 60

SA 47

Stands

ST 305

SA 44

Product

Stand Adapters

n n

n n n

n n

n n n

123

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 124

Application Guide Recording Microphones Standard

Advanced

Premium

C 1000, C 2000 B, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Lead/Solo Vocals

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Backing Vocals

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 12 VR, C 414 XLS

Acoustic Guitar

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Guitar-Amp

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Application Speech

Double Bass

C 4000 B

D 112, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II

Perception 220

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, D 112

Violin

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 120, Perception 220, Perception 120 USB

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420, Pereption 820

C 414 XL S

Cello

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 112, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 4000 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL S

Zither

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XL S, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 451 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 3000, C 214, Perception 220

Perception 420, Perception 820, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 414 XLS

Grand Piano (Rock & Jazz)

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Upright Piano

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 2000 B, C 3000

C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Saxophone

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Trombone

C 3000

C 4000 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, Perception 420

French Horn

C 3000

C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 3000, Perception 220

C 4000 B, D 112, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 414 XLS

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 820

C 3000, C 4000 B, C 214, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 414 XLS, 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Flute

C 1000 S, Perception 820, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 2000 B, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XLS, 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Harmonica

C 1000 S, Perception 820, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 120 USB

C 2000 B, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 451 B

C 2000 B, D 112, Perception 170

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Kick Drum

C 3000, Perception 220

C 4000 B, Perception 420, Perception 820

D 112, C 214, C 414 XLS

Snare Drum

Perception 170

C 1000 S

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II

TOM-TOMS

C 2000 B, Perception 170

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, D 112, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II

Bass-Amp

Grand Piano (classical)

Trompet

Tuba Clarinet

Bongos/Congas

Cymbals

Perception 170

Perception 820

C 451 B

Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, C 4000 B

C 451 B

Application

Standard

Advanced

Premium

Lead Vocals

D 88 S, WMS 40 Mini Vocal Set, Perception Wireless Vocal Set

BBB DFive, D 5, C 5, C 520, WMS 450

D 7, C 535 EB, WMS 4500

HI-HAT

端

Stage Microphones

Backing Vocals/Choir Piano Acoustic String Instruments

124

D 77 S, D 88 S, P 3 S, P 5/P 5 S, WMS 40 Mini Vocal Set, Perception Wireless Vocal Set

D 5, C 5, C 520

D 7, C 535 EB

D 770 x2, C 430 x2, Perception 170, Perception 220

C 411 + C 1000 S, C 516 x2, C 391 B x2, C 3000 x2, C 542, C 214

C 4000 B x2, C 480 B/CK 61, C 414 XLS

D 77 S, D 770, C 430, Perception 170, P 3 S, WMS 40 Mini Instrumental Set, Perception Wireless Instrumental Set

C 411, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 40, WMS 450, C 214

C 451 B, C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 125

Application Guide

Stage Microphones Standard

Advanced

Premium

D 77, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, Perception 220, WMS 40 Mini Instrumental Set, Perception Wireless Instrumental Set

C 519, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 40, WMS 450, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

Guitar Amp

D 77 S, D 770, P 4, P 3 S, Perception 220

D 40, C 516, WMS 450, C 3000, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500, C 414 XL II

Bass-Amp

D 770, P 2, P 3 S, Perception 220

D 40, WMS 450, C 516, D 112, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

P 2, Perception 220

C 411, C 516, C 214

D 112

D 88 S, D 770, P 5/P 5 S, P 4, P 2, C 430, Perception 120 Perception 170, Perception 220, Perception 420

BBB DFive, D 5, D 40, D 112, C 1000 S, C 2000 B, C 3000, C 214

C 4000,C 4500 B-BC, C 480 B / CK 61

Snare Drum

D 77 S, P 4, P 3 S, Perception 170

D 40, C 518, C 214

C 451 B, C 747 V11, C 480 B / CK 61

Kick Drum

CBL 99

D 112, C 4500 B-BC, C 547 BL

D 770, C 430, Perception 120, Perception 170

C 1000 S C 391 B, C 451, C 535 EB, C 3000, C 214

C 4000 B, C 414 XLS

D 77 S, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, Perception 170, Perception 420

D 40, C 518, C 519, C 451 B, C 3000, C 214

C 4000 B

Standard

Advanced

Premium

Conferencing, Podium, Discussion Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CBL 99

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33, CROWN PCC®-130

HM 1000 + CK 47, CROWN PCC®-170

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic

CBL 99

C 562 CM, CROWN PZM®-185

C 547 BL, CROWN PCC®-160

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 450 Vocal Set/D 5, WMS 470 Vocal Set/D 5

WMS 4500

DMS 700

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D 7, C 535 DMS 700, C 520 L

Application Wind Instruments

Double Bass Home Recording

Cymbals/Hi-Hat Tom-Toms/Percussion

Installed Microphones Application

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 450 Presenter Set, WMS 470 Presenter Set

WMS 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 99 L + MPA V L

C 555 L + MPA V L

C 520

CBL 99, CROWN MB 3

CROWN PCC®-130, C 562 CM, CROWN MB 4

CROWN PCC®-170, C 547 BL

CGN 99 C/S

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 33

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck Theatres and Multipurpose Halls Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 99

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

CBL 99, CROWN PZM®-185

CROWN PZM®-60, CROWN PZM®-30D

C 547 BL, CROWN PCC®-160

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 450 Vocal Set/D 5, WMS 470 Vocal Set/D 5

WMS 4500

DMS 700

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D7, C 535 EB DMS 700, CK 77, HC 577 L

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 450 Presenter Set, WMS 470 Presenter Set

WMS 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 99 L + MPA V L

C 417 L + MPA V L

C 577 WR

CBL 99, CROWN PZM®-185

CROWN PZM®-60, CROWN PZM®-30D

C 547 BL, CROWN PCC®-160

CGN 99 C/S

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 33

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

CBL 99

CROWN MB 3, CROWN MB 4, CROWN PZM®-185

C 547 BL, CROWN PCC®-160

CGN 99 C/S

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 80

Architectural Series, C 747 V11 HM 1000 + CK 47

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck Places of Worship Altar, pulpit – Boundary Mic Altar, pulpit – Gooseneck Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 99

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 40 Mini Vocal Set, Perception Wireless Vocal Set

WMS 450 Vocal Set/C 5, WMS 470 Vocal Set/C 5

WMS 4500

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D 7, C 535 EB

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

Perception Wireless Sports Set

WMS 450 Headworn Set, WMS 450 Presenter Set, WMS 470 Headworn Set, WMS 470 Presenter Set

C 520 L, WMS 4500 + PT 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 99 + MPA V L

C 417 L + MPA V L

HC 577 L + MPA V L

HM 1000 + CK 80

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

CBL 99

CROWN PZM®-10, C 562 CM

CROWN PZM®-11

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 40 Mini Vocal Set, Perception Wireless Vocal Set

WMS 450 Vocal Set/C 5, WMS 470 Vocal Set/C 5

WMS 4500

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D 7, C 535

Perception Wireless Sports Set

WMS 450 Headworn Set, WMS 470 Headworn Set

C 520 L, WMS 4500 + PT 4500

C 555 L + MPA V L

C 520

CBL 99

CROWN PCC®-130, CROWN MB 3, CROWN MB 4

CROWN PCC®-170, C 547 BL

CGN 99 C/S

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 80

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Recreational Facilities, Restaurants, Clubs, Bars Ceiling Mount – Flown Ceiling Mount – Boundary Mic

Headset – wireless Headset – hardwire Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

125

1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch_1118_11_7_Appendix_engl_fsch 10.03.11 20:27 Seite 126

Patents

126

Patent Numbers

Description